Home

NEC SigmaBlade B140a-T User's Guide

1. ooo00 Label indicating MAC address Setting Up Your Server 3 3 The address of LAN port depends on the numeral and alphabet of the last digit of MAC address m When the numeral alphabet of the last digit is even number A C or E The MAC address for LAN port 1 is as described on the label The MAC address for LAN port 2 can be obtained by adding 1 to the described MAC address The MAC address for LAN port 3 can be obtained by adding 2 to the described MAC address The MAC address for LAN port 4 can be obtained by adding 3 to the described MAC address m When the numeral alphabet of the last digit is odd number B D or F The MAC address for LAN port 1 can be obtained by adding 1 to the described MAC address The MAC address for LAN port 2 can be obtained by adding 2 to the described MAC address The MAC address for LAN port 3 can be obtained by adding 3 to the described MAC address The MAC address for LAN port 4 can be obtained by adding 4 to the described MAC address The MAC addresses can be checked from the proper Windows or Linux command m Windows Enter ipconf
2. On screen Description message Recommended action Proc1Didn tStart Failed to start CPU 1 Proc2Didn tStart Failed to start CPU 2 Proc3Didn tStart Failed to start CPU 3 Proc4Didn tStart Failed to start CPU 4 Proc1 Config Err The CPU installed in the CPU 1 slot is unsupported or its combination is illegal Proc2 Config Err The CPU installed in the CPU 2 slot is unsupported or its combination is illegal Proc3 Config Err The CPU installed in the CPU 3 slot is unsupported or its combination is illegal Proc4 Config Err The CPU installed in the CPU 4 slot is unsupported or its combination is illegal Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Check installation status of CPU Replace the CPU Check installation status of heat sink on the failed CPU 1 2 1 Check installation status of the failed CPU 2 3 Replace the failed CPU Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative W
3. ie NiMH battery 9 SAS board Notes on Using Your Server 1 9 USER SUPPORT Before Asking for Repair do the following when the server appears to fail 1 Check if the power cord and the cables to other devices are properly connected 2 See Chapter 8 to find if your problem fits the description If it does take the recommended measure for it 3 Check if the software required for operation of the server is properly installed If the server still appears to fail after you have taken the above actions consult with your service representative immediately Take notes on lamp indications of the server and alarm indications on the display unit before consultation which may provide a significant help to your service representative 1 10 Notes on Using Your Server Advice for Health The longer you keep using the computer equipment the more you become tired which may cause disorders of your body When you use a computer observe the following to keep yourself from getting tired Good Working Posture You have good posture if the following are satisfied when you use a computer e You sit on a chair with your back straight e Your hands are parallel with the floor when you put them on the keyboard e You look at the screen slightly lower than your eye height
4. DIMM 01 DIMM 02 be DIMM 05 e DIMM 06 DIMM 09 DIMM 10 DIMM 13 DIMM 14 4 6 Configuring Your Server CPU To pause the POST if the system detects the CPU error Select Advanced Memory Processor Error Halt To check the installed CPU status Select Main Processor Settings and check the status indications The on screen CPU numbers and socket locations on the mother board are associated as shown in the figure below E 1 cpu 4 j CE CE CPU 3 j DE A CPU 2 TIA all CY AC CPU 1 to be installed below the dummy heat sink To clear the CPU error information Select Main Processor Settings Processor Retest Yes and reboot the system Keyboard To set Numlock and key repeat Select Advanced NumLock On Configuring Your Server 4 7 Security To set passwords on the BIOS level Select Security Set Super
5. Option Parameter Description Your Setting Boot time Disabled Specify whether the self diagnosis POST Diagnostic Screen Enabled running screen is displayed or not on booting If this item is set to Disabled the NEC logo appears during POST Pressing Esc in the status causes the screen display to be switched to the POST execution screen If Serial Port B is specified for Server Console Redirection BIOS Redirection Port the POST running screen is automatically displayed Reset No Set this item to Yes to clear the Configuration Data Yes configuration data system information stored by POST The parameter is changed to No after the system is booted NumLock On Specify whether the numlock feature is Off enabled or disabled on booting Memory Processor Boot The boot up operation pauses at the end of Error Halt POST if a memory error or a CPU error occurs Factory set Configuring Your Server 4 13 Memory Configuration Select Memory Configuration on the Advanced menu to display the following screen Memory Configuration 6290432 KB Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Disabled Disabled CNormalI Memory Size DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM Memory Retest Extended RAM Step Online Spare Memory Memory RAS Feature F1 ESG Group Group Group Group Group Group Group Group Help Exit 1
6. I Factory set 4 24 Configuring Your Server Console Redirection The following screen appears if you select Console Redirection on the Server menu and press Enter PhoenixBI0S Setup Utility Console Redirection BIOS Redirection Port Baud Rate Flow Control Terminal Type Continue Redirection after POST Remote Console Reset F1 Help Ese Exit t select Item a Select Menu See the table below for the items bi sabledi 19 2kK CcTs RTSI CvT100 CEnabled CDisabled Redirection Redirection Change Values F9 Enter Select gt Sub Menu Item Specific Help Selects the Serial port to use for Console Disabled completely disables Console Setup Defaults F10 Save and Exit Option Parameter Description Your Setting BIOS Redirection Disabled Specify the serial port to which a Port Serial Port B hardware console is connected Baud Rate 9600 Specify the baud rate for the interface 19 2k with hardware consoles 57 6k 115 2k Flow Control None Specify the flow control method XON XOFF CTS RTS CTS RTS CD Terminal Type PC ANSI Specify the type of remote console VT100 VT UTF8 Continue Disabled Specify whether the console output Redirection after Enabled after completion of POST is enabled POST or disabled This menu appears only when BIOS Redirection Port is set to Serial Port B Remote Console Disabled Specify w
7. 0250 System battery is dead 1 Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU Replace and run SETUP blade and then on Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 2 Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade 3 Check installation status of the Li lon battery on CPU unit 4 Replace the Li lon battery on CPU unit 5 Replace the CPU blade 6 If the same error persists contact your service representative Note Restart the CPU blade run BIOS SETUP and provide settings for date time and others 0251 System CMOS checksum The default configuration of BIOS SETUP is used bad Default configuration 1 Run the BIOS SETUP utility to correct the setting used 2 If the same error persists contact your service representative 0252 Password checksum bad The password has been cleared Passwords cleared 1 Run the BIOS SETUP utility to correct the setting 2 If the same error persists contact your service representative 0260 System timer error 1 Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU 0270 Real timer error blade and then on Power off the CPU blade f
8. ccccceescesscesscesecesecesecesecseecaecaecaaecaeecaeeeaeeeaeeneeeeeeeereetees B 28 Windows Server 2008 eceso rtie eetieg ntact ecard estbaget ETENE E ENE EEEE EE TEES B 28 Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions eseseseseseesessesorssesersorseesersreoessesereesevsorsreresserereseseeso B 28 Windows Server 2003 raeno ai eeo i RER EE E E E E E E Ea B 29 Setup of Device Driver Normally Installed in Server 00 0 ecceccsseeseeseeesceeseeereeeeeeseensenteensees B 30 PRO SEE ar ER E A N AAE E AEA B 30 Graphics Accelerator cx ss seeks en aE E A E E EE E E O ek B 32 Fibre Channel Controller Driver ecien E EE sede AO ORK B 32 Optional Network Board DAVEE eonceo ii E R AER e R neg wouter B 33 Setup of Adapter Fault Tolerance AFT Adaptive Load Balancing ALB esceeseseeeees B 35 Setup Taming ANN cose NES ENES E E E edb vitae esate el ess B 36 RGmMOVe Team esieds haste E leak eee E EENE ceendeshosectahdeen ss lest AE E B 38 Setting WOL ao eet EN AN E dle slea hate hue dette halal ad tal se et hs B 39 Re installation of the Network Driver ccccecssssceseessceesceeecesecesecesecaecaeecaeeeseeeeeseeesereeereerens B 41 Setting for Solving Problems cccceccesssesscsssceseceseceseceeecseeeseeeseceaeseeceseeeeeseeeeeeneeneeneceaeenaes B 43 Memory Dump Debug Information Windows Server 2008 cccesseesseeseeereeeeeeeeeeeeees B 43 Memory Dump Debug Information Windows Server 2003 c ccccesseeseeseeeseeeeeeseee
9. Patrol Read The Patrol Read gives the read amp verify test in the entire area of HDDs It can be performed for all HDDs assigned to virtual disks and hot spare disks The Patrol Read allows subsequent defects of HDDs to be detected and repaired For HDDs configuring redundant virtual disks or those assigned to hot spare disks error sectors detected during Patrol Read can be repaired IMPORTANT Note the following for the patrol read Patrol Read feature is factory set to Enabled To utilize Patrol Read Universal RAID Utility must be installed If the system is restarted Patrol Read is aborted After restart of the system Patrol Read runs from the first step top of HDD 4 36 Configuring Your Server Check Consistency The Check Consistency is used to check consistency among virtual drives It is available for redundant virtual drives in the RAID1 or RAIDS level Check Consistency can be performed through WebBIOS or Universal RAID Utility Check Consistency performs not only consistency check but also repair of error sectors Accordingly it can be used as preventive maintenance IMPORTANT Note the following for Check Consistency m During Check Consistency the processing rate is decreased due to much load m Ifthe system is restarted the Check Consistency is aborted However the Check Consistency resumes after restart m To perform scheduled execution of Consistency Check use WebBIOS not the Un
10. Depending on the installed memory size it takes much time to check the memory Wait for a while 8 44 Troubleshooting Q Is the keyboard or mouse manipulated just after starting a CPU blade If you manipulate the keyboard or mouse just after POST is started POST may detect an error of the keyboard controller by mistake to halt the processing If this occurs start POST again Just after restarting POST do not perform any operation by using the keyboard or mouse until the BIOS start message appears Q Are memory and PCI devices available for CPU blades installed NEC cannot secure the operation of any device other than those approved by NEC System Configuration Data Read Error appears and POST pauses Q Did you perform any of the following operation Pressed the POWER switch of the CPU blade to forcedly power off the CPU blade Pressed the RESET switch of the CPU blade to provide hardware reset Removed the CPU blade from the Blade Enclosure Disconnected the power cord from the Blade Enclosure Contact your service representative The MAC address of the onboard LAN of the CPU blade is unknown You can find the MAC address by the label put near the MP connector on the CPU blade In addition you can see the address from Windows or Linux command See Chapter 3 for details Fail to access to internal or external devices or such devices fail to operate 0 Are cables properly connect
11. However the Microsoft operating system products which support PAE switch option are limited Refer to the following article in Microsoft Knowledge Base to check the supported products m Microsoft Knowledge Base Article ID 291988 A description of the 4GB RAM tuning feature and the Physical Address Extension switch Below is the example on how to add PAE switch to Boot ini file 1 Click Start point to Settings and then click Control Panel 2 In Control Panel double click System 3 Click the Advanced tab and then click Settings under Setup and Recovery 4 Under System Setup click Edit to open Boot ini 5 Add PAE to Operating Systems section in Boot ini file and then save it lt Example of Boot ini file gt boot loader timeout 30 default multi 0 disk 0 rdisk 0 partition 2 WINDOWS operating systems multi 0 disk 0 rdisk 0 partition 2 WINDOWS Windows Server 2003 fastdetect multi 0 disk 0 rdisk 0 partition 2 WINDOWS Windows Server 2003 PAE fastdetect PAE C CMDCONS BOOTSECT DAT Microsoft Windows Recovery Console cmdcons This is the end of editing Boot ini file NOTE If you choose one of the items in the Default operating system drop down list box in Setup and Recovery group box you can make your system start automatically from the switch you specified 5 26 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup SETTING FOR SOLVING PROBLEMS Setup the following
12. Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 5 11 6 Select the installing Operating System Select Install the Windows 32bit editions from the menu click Next NEC EXPRESSBUILDER SS lls lt lt lt lt lt SLU 2 Step Top menu 5 ke gt map gt Select the installing Operating System mt If Install other Operating System is selected EXPRESSBUILDER only creates a Logical Drive and finishes the setup Install the Windows 32bit editions F raano Version 5 XX XXX XX C XXX 7 Enter the setting of a logical drive Enter RAID settings steps are displayed Confirm the parameters modify if necessary and then click Next j NEC EXPRESSBUILDER a Top menu Load Select OS Enter RAID Specify Enter basic Step parameters settings gt mediut gt gt parameters gt partition select Skip the logical drive creation and press the Next button ting logical drive select Skip the logical drive creation and press the Next button Back Next Top Default Version 5 XX XXX XX XKK NOTES m You can use only the physical devices that have same model number to configure logical drive m Ifthe process is not finished normally the driver may not be stored in the EXPRESSBUILDER Refer to Optional Board Supported by NEC EXPRESSBUILDER described earlier in this chapter
13. Se ORS IP Confirm TEAM Team name adapter in not existing in Network adapters tree and reboot the system Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 5 23 Setting WOL Refer to the following procedure to enable WOL When PROSet is not installed 1 2 Th OT p Start Device Manager Point to Network adapters and double click Intel R xxxx to open the adapter Properties Click Power management tab and check in the following items check boxes Allow the computer to turn off this device to save power Allow this device to bring the computer out of standby Click Advanced tab and point to Enable PME Set the Enable in Value Click OK Reboot the system When PROSet is installed Start Device Manager Point to Network adapters and double click Intel R xxxx to open the adapter Properties Click Power management tab and check in the following items check boxes Wake On Directed Packet Wake On Magic Packet Wake on Magic Packet from power off state NOTE Wake On Directed Packet and Wake On Magic Packet is already checked in default set Click OK Reboot the system 5 24 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup Graphics Accelerator Driver If you utilize standard graphics accelerator drivers update your system with NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD attached to your system Standard graphics accelerator drivers will be instal
14. Do not use the server for services where critical high availability may directly affect human lives The server is not intended to be used with or control facilities or devices concerning human lives including medical devices nuclear facilities and devices aeronautics and space devices transportation facilities and devices and facilities and devices requiring high reliability NEC assumes no liability for any accident resulting in personal injury death or property damage if the server has been used in the above conditions other than described in this User s Guide Failure to follow this instruction may cause an electric shock or fire as well as malfunctions of the server A A Do not disassemble repair or alter the server Never attempt to disassemble repair or alter the server on any occasion Q A Do not remove the battery Your server contains the lithium and NiMH or Li lon batteries Do not Q remove the battery Danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly replaced Placing the battery close to a fire or in the water may cause an explosion When the server does not operate appropriately due to the dead batteries contact your service representative to replace the battery Do not disassemble the server to replace or recharge the battery by yourself A re Do not use the server if any smoke odor or noise is present If smoke odor or noise is present immediately turn off the system and disconnect the power pl
15. Enabled Indicates whether the expansion of Disabled BIOS of on board SAS controller is enabled or disabled Factory set 4 16 Configuring Your Server Onboard NIC Select Onboard NIC on the PCI Configuration submenu to display the following screen PhoenixBI0S Setup Utility Onboard NIC Item Specific Help LAN Port 1 Option ROM Scan Enabled Initializes device LAN Port 2 Option ROM Scan Enabled expansion ROM LAN Port 3 Option ROM Scan Enabled LAN Port 4 Option ROM Scan Enabled F1 Help t Select Item Change Values F9 Setup Defaults Esc Exit Select Menu Enter Select gt Sub Menu F10 Save and Exit Option Parameter Description Your Setting LAN Port 1 4 Option Enabled Indicates whether the expansion of ROM Scan Disabled BIOS of LAN controller is enabled or disabled Factory set Configuring Your Server 4 17 Peripheral Configuration Select Peripheral Configuration on the Advanced menu to display the following screen PhoenixBI0S Setup Utility Peripheral Configuration Item Specific Help Serial Port B liEnabledil Configure Serial Port B Base I 0 address IRQ C2F8h using options Interrupt CIRQ 3 CDisabled No configuration Enabled User configuration F1 Help Select Item Change Values F9 Setup Defaults Esc Exit 4 Select Menu Enter select Sub Menu F10 Save and Exit See the table below for the items
16. Se 3989805259605 950 388 RA aQa a o nO C8880838 5 880 3 88 Began 0000000000000900 DUMP switch Pressing the DUMP switch saves the dump file in the specified directory Memory dumping may not be available when the CPU stalls Troubleshooting 8 61 RECOVERY FOR Windows SYSTEM If any file necessary for running the OS is damaged use the following procedures to recover the system IMPORTANT m Make sure that the keyboard display unit DVD ROM drive and floppy disk drive are connected to the CPU blade m After recovering the system see Updating the System in Chapter 5 and be sure to update the system Also you need to update all the drivers after the system update For more information see Installing and Setting Device Drivers in Chapter 5 m Ifthe hard disk drive can not be recognized you can not recover the system m Make keyboard entry only while the USB floppy disk drive is not accessed the access lamp is being off For Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions If the system fails to start for some reason rebuild the system using the recovery console Note that this method is recommended for only users and administrators who have a thorough knowledge of the recovery console For more information refer to Online Help For Windows Server 2003 If the system fails to start for some reason rebuild the system using the recovery console Note that this method is recommended for only
17. Skip the logical drive creation _ Create a logical drive using the settings that fo The mmber of the total physical devices Number of physical devices used to create the logical drive ecified as the hot spare The mmber of the free physical devices Default IMPORTANT At The number of the total physical devices Parameter File Creator displays upper limit that the RAID controller can support The total of The number of physical devices used to create the logical drive and The number of the physical devices specified as the hot spare must not exceed The number of the total physical devices which connected to the target system NOTE You can use only the physical devices that have same model number to configure logical drive 6 12 Installing and Using Utilities 8 Specify the installing medium and the Windows system partition Specify medium Partition steps are displayed Confirm the parameters modify if necessary and then click Next Wi Parameter File Creator T 15 x NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Load Select OS Enter RAID Specify Enter basic Enter Step parameters settings medium gt parameters I gt network TT partition protocdl Specify the installing medium and the Windows system partition eh Refer to the User s guide about the Service Pack installation If Use existing partitions is selected EXPRESSBUILDER installs the Operating System to the lst partition p
18. 5 12 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 8 Specify the installing medium and the Windows system partition Specify medium Partition steps are displayed Confirm the parameters modify if necessary and then click Next NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Step mor see near K3 u Jeg gt English x Keyboard layout Default x Timezone GmT 085 00 Pacific Time US and Canada Tijuana E 12288 ra 7 089MB 34 170MB 1GB 1 024MB Back Next Top Default Version 5 XX KXX XX XXX IMPORTANT m About partition size Specify the partition size larger than required minimum size for OS installation Do not specify larger partition size than the capacity of connected hard disk drive You can not specify the partition size larger than 2 097 152MB 2TB at RAID system m Ifyou select Create a new partition at Windows system drive settings the contents of the hard disk will be all deleted m If Use existing partitions is selected EXPRESSBUILDER installs the Operating System to the 1st partition 1st partition is deleted The data in the other partition is kept if the system has two or more partitions See the figure below First Second Third Partition Partition Partition Deleted Retained Retained m You can not re install the system with the existing partition that is upgraded to Dynamic Disk remained Do not select Use existing partitions at Window
19. A thermal error occurred on CPU 1 A thermal error occurred on CPU 2 Proc3 Therm 09 A thermal error occurred on CPU 3 Proc4 Therm 09 A thermal error occurred on CPU 4 1 Check if fans in Blade Enclosure work normally 2 Refer to the User s Guide of the Blade Enclosure to make sure that the sufficient number of fans are installed in correct locations 3 Check if the fans and CPU blades are installed in correct locations 4 Check installation status of heat sink of the CPU blade 5 Check if the ambient temperature of installation location satisfies the operation guarantee condition 1 Check installation status of the failed CPU 2 Check installation status of heat sink on the failed CPU 3 Replace the failed CPU Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative 8 34 Troubleshooting On screen Description message Recommended action Battery Alm09 A voltage alarm upper limit occurred on Li lon battery Battery Alm02 A voltage alarm lower limit occurred on Li lon battery Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by i
20. B 70 Installing the Operating System Updating the System IMPORTANT Make sure that the TS client CD ROM is assigned to a network driver to be shared If not assign the TS client to make it shared 1 Log on to the system by the account with administrator authority to TS client such as administrator 2 Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the USB DVD ROM drive of the TS client If the menu appears on the TS client screen terminate the menu 3 Select Run from the Start menu enter DVD ROM drive name on TS client 002 win winnt dotnet update vbs on the Open box and click OK Then advance the processing depending on the messages appearing on the TS client screen If the following screen appears click Close IMPORTANT m Perform the re connection to the CPU blade after about five minutes have passed While the system update is applied the terminal service connection is automatically disconnected and the CPU blade is restarted m During the Updating the System the following message may be shown but there is no impact to the operation Do not click cancel since it may be taken away after a few seconds Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard Windows will search for current and updated software by looking on your computer on the hardware installation CD or on the Wi eb site with your permission Can Windows connect to Windows Update to search for softw
21. Click OK Installing the Operating System B 51 Network Monitor Utilizing Network Monitor helps you to investigate and manage with network trouble Network Monitor Setup Windows Server 2008 Microsoft Network Monitor allows you to examine and troubleshoot network problems NOTE Windows Server 2008 does not provide Network Monitor To use Network Monitor on Windows Server 2008 install Network Monitor by following the steps below 1 Download Microsoft Network Monitor from the following web site http support microsoft com kb 933741 en us 2 Run the downloaded file to start the installer Follow the on screen instructions to install Network Monitor NOTE Ifa Security Alert appears click Run Select Complete for a setup format 3 Network Monitor is installed NOTE To remove Network Monitor go to Programs and Features Network Trace Capture Windows Server 2008 1 On the Start menu start Microsoft Network Monitor 2 On Start Page select Create a new capture tab or select New in the File menu and click Capture A new tab for capturing a network trace is created On the Select Networks window select a network you want to capture a trace On the Capture menu click Start to start capturing a network trace On the Capture menu click Stop to stop capturing a network trace St OY ee On the File menu select Save As The Save As window appears
22. Express Setup helps you to install the Windows Operating System The setup automatically configures the RAID System and installs the Operating System and some management software IMPORTANT Executing the Express Setup erases all data on the hard disk drive W Parameter File Creator APE NEC EXPRESSBUILDER mE Step Jap 3 gt The Parameter File Creator creates and modifies the parameters file To create a parameters file select Do not load a parameter To load a parameters file select Load a parameter Input the path of the parameters file Do not load parameters Load parameters Reference You can also use Parameter File at Express Setup in order to save or backup parameters for installation If you want to set up the server as before execute the Express Setup with the parameter file you have saved before NOTES m If you want to create a parameters file have a blank floppy disk MS DOS 1 44MB format ready m When using a floppy disk a USB floppy disk drive is required m Ifyou want to use the drivers located on the OEM Disk for Mass Storage Device that ships with optional boards a parameters file is mandatory m You can create a parameters file in advance using Parameter File Creator included in NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 5 3 Microsoft Windows Server 2003 This section explains how to install Microsoft Windows Serve
23. If the menu appears on the TS client screen terminate the menu 3 Select Run from the Start menu enter DVD ROM drive name on TS client 002 win winnt w2k3amd update vbs on the Open box and click OK Then advance the processing depending on the messages appearing on the TS client screen If the following screen appears click Close IMPORTANT Perform the re connection to the CPU blade after about five minutes have passed While the system update is applied the terminal service connection is automatically disconnected and the CPU blade is restarted B 68 Installing the Operating System Update from TS Client Windows Server 2003 NOTE Configure the setting for remote desktop for management referring to the section of Remote desktop for management before starting the setup Perform Updating the System and application of the Hotfix for Windows KB921411 Application process of the Hotfix for Windows Server 2003 KB921411 Apply the Hotfix for Windows Server 2003 KB921411 before execute Updating the System 1 Log on to the system by the account with administrator authority to TS client such as administrator Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the USB DVD ROM drive of the TS Client If the menu appears on the TS client screen terminate the menu Click Start menu and Run and then execute the following command When the English version of Windows Server 2003 R2 is used lt
24. NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Enter Select Win Select Save Start Step network mp ee A ee So A Et protocol ponents tions setup Ifyou want to join in adomain enter the account name password of the domain lnot select Join in awarkgroup and click Next M Joinin aworkgroup Workgroup name WORKGROUP Eo Back Next Top Default Version 5 XX XXX XX XXX 12 Select the installing components Select Windows components steps are displayed Confirm the parameters modify if necessary and then click Next NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Enter Select Save Start Ste p network domaith applied gt pardinet rs gt Exptest protocol accourit tions setup Select the installing Windows components m Application Server 7 interner Information Services IIS Detail settings m Management and Monitoring Tools TA Simple Network Management Protocol Detail settings T Network Monitor Tools m Networking Services Other Network File and Print Services IT Simple TCP IP Services T Fite Services for Macintosh pl IF Dynamic Host Configuration Protocal DHCP serine Sinis for Macintosh 3 I Domain Name System DNS D Print Services for Unix I Windows Internet Name Services WINS Back Next Top Default Version 5 XX XXX XX XXX Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 5 15 13 Select the installing applications Select applications steps are displayed Confir
25. Powering on the CPU blade starts POST Power On Self Test and displays its check results If the NEC logo is displayed press Esc After a while the following message appears at bottom left on the screen Press lt F2 gt to enter SETUP ro ro D D pax ax i ar Press lt F2 gt to enter SETUP or lt F12 gt to Network Pattern 3 Press lt F1 gt to resume lt F2 gt to enter Setup lt F12 gt to Network The message depending on the status of CPU blade Press F2 to start the SETUP utility and display its Main menu If you have previously set a password with the SETUP utility the password entry screen appears Enter the password Enter password Up to three password entries will be accepted If you fail to enter the password correctly for three consecutive times the CPU blade halts You can no longer proceed Power off the CPU Blade NOTE The CPU blade is provided with two levels of password Supervisor and User With the Supervisor password you can view and change all system parameters With the User password system parameters available for viewing and changing are limited Configuring Your Server 4 3 Description on On Screen Items and Key Usage Use the following keyboard keys to work with the SETUP utility Key functions are also listed at the bottom of the screen Indicates the current menu Indicates Main Advanced Security Server Boot there are submenus gt System Management On
26. Prepare one 3 5 inch floppy disk Turn on your NEC Express5800 Server Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the optical disk drive of the server Press the RESET switch or press Ctrl Alt and Delete to reboot the server You may also turn off and then on again to reboot the server The system will boot from the DVD ROM and NEC EXPRESSBUILDER starts Select Create the OEM DISK for Windows from Tools Menu step Select Create an Windows Server 2003 OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER at Create OEM Disk and click Perform Insert a floppy disk into the floppy disk drive according to the instruction on the screen Windows Server 2003 OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER will be created Write protect and attach a label then keep it safely Installing the Operating System B 11 m Create from Autorun Menu This menu requires Microsoft Windows XP Vista or Windows Server 2003 or later You can create Windows Server 2003 OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER from Autorun Menu if you have the computer on which the above operating systems operate Follow the steps below Prepare one 3 5 inch floppy disk Start the Operating System Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the optical disk drive of the server The Menu will appear Click Create drive disk and select OEM Disk for Windows Server 2003 NOTE You can do the same operation with the menu appeared by the Right click Insert the floppy disk into the floppy disk drive accordin
27. W Parameter File Creator f 5 x NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Step J ters gt a gt The Parameter File Creator creates and modifies the parameters file To create a parameters file select Do not load a parameter To load a parameters file select Load a parameter Input the path of the parameters file Do not load parameters Load parameters Reference 6 Select the installing Operating System Select Install the Windows 32bit editions from the menu click Next Wi Parameter File Creator AmE NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Load Select OS Step ffri l u Select the installing Operating System wet If Install other Operating System is selected EXPRESSBUILDER only creates a Logical Drive and finishes the setup G Install the Windows 32bit editions Install other Operating System Installing and Using Utilities 6 11 7 Enter the setting of a logical drive Enter RAID setting steps are displayed Confirm the parameters modify if necessary and then click Next Cine loxi NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Load Select OS Enter RAID Specify Enter basic Enter Step parancitrs settings gt een UD fonden frot gt partition protoc l Set a parameter to create a logical drive If you are not using a RAID controller select Skip the logical drive creation and press the Next button If you want to use the existing logical drive select Skip the logical drive creation and press the Next button
28. and then execute the following command lt When Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions is used gt lt DVD ROM Drive Letter gt 002 win winnt w2k3amd qfe enu kb92 1411 exe lt When the English version of Windows Server 2003 R2 is used gt lt DVD ROM Drive Letter gt 002 win winnt dotnet qfe enu kb921411 exe lt When the Simplified Chinese version of Windows Server 2003 R2 is used gt lt DVD ROM Drive Letter gt 002 win winnt dotnet qfe chs kb921411 exe lt When the French version of Windows Server 2003 R2 is used gt lt DVD ROM Drive Letter gt 002 win winnt dotnet qfe fra kb92 141 1 exe Installing the Operating System B 59 4 When the following message is displayed click Next After that follow the message to continue the process lt Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions gt Software Update Installation Wizard i xj amp Use this wizard to install the following software update Hotfix for Windows x64 KB921411 Before you install this update we recommend that you Back up your system Close all open programs You might need to restart your computer after you complete this update To continue click Next lt Windows Server 2003 gt Software Update Installation Wizard amp Use this wizard to install the following software update Hotfix for Windows Server 2003 KB921411 Before you install this update we recommend that you Back up your system Close all open prog
29. paging file size dump file size application size Size required to install OS 11 600MB Full Installation or 4 100MB Server Core Installation Paging file size recommended Installed memory size x 1 5 Dump file size Installed memory size 300MB Application size Required size IMPORTANT m The above mentioned paging file size is recommended for collecting debug information memory dump The paging file with initial size large enough to store the dump file in the boot drive is required Correct debug information might not be able to be collected due to virtual memory shortage when the paging file is insufficient so set an enough size of the paging file with the entire system m Regardless of the size of the mounted memory or the Write debugging information type of memory dump the maximum size of the dump file is The size of the mounted memory 300MB m If you install any application program or the like add necessary space to the partition to install these programs Example The partition size required for a system with an installed memory size of 512 MB and a full installation of the operating system 11 600MB 512MB x 1 5 512MB 300MB application size 13 180MB application size If the provided partition size is smaller than that required to install the OS and paging file expand the partition size or utilize a larger disk If your system does not have a sufficient dump file size div
30. 2 4 3 1 CPU socket 4 3 2 and 1 from top 2 DIMM socket 10 11 12 16 15 12 11 8 7 4 3 1 2 5 6 9 10 13 and 14 from top Type Il mezzanine slot Slot to install mezzanine card for blade Type I mezzanine slot Slot to install mezzanine card for blade MP connector Used to connect with the midplane in optional Blade Enclosure Connector for power cable Connect the power cable of the SAS board Li lon battery Connector for signal cable 2 Connect the signal cable 2 of the SAS board Connector for signal cable 1 Connect the signal cable 1 of the SAS board MAC address label Eject lever SUV connector 2 8 General Description SAS Board EEELEE o0o0000 EEEECERE ocoo00000 oooooooo ooo DIMM connector for onboard RAID 2 Connector for signal cable 1 Connect the signal cable 1 of the CPU unit 3 Connector for signal cable 2 Connect the signal cable 2 of the CPU unit 4 Connector for power cable Connect the power cable of the CPU unit NiMH battery module Battery module connector 7 SAS connector Used to connect with the hard disk drives ou General Description 2 9 External View Top cover Top cover 1 2 10 General Description Hard Disk Drive The hard disk drive is
31. A hard disk drive fails Contact your service representative Consistency Check cannot be performed Q Is logical disk indicated as Degraded Replace the failed hard disk drive and execute rebuild process Q Is RAID level of logical disk RAIDO The Consistency Check does not work on RAIDO because it has no data redundancy 8 58 Troubleshooting COLLECTING EVENT LOG This section describes on how to collect the log of various events that occurred on the CPU blade IMPORTANT m If STOP error system error or stall occurred follow the procedure below after restarting the system m Restarting the system due to an error may display a message indicating insufficient virtual memory Ignore this message and proceed Restarting the system may result in dumping improper data NOTE The different revision processor may be mixed in additional CPU kit When Windows is used following message may appear in the System Log of the Event Viewer after extension the different revision of two or more CPUs in the server If this message is logged it is no problem for operation A Date 7 3 2001 Soues Application Popup Time 1338 Category None Type Information Event ID 41 lel User NA Computer SERWER 1 Description The CPUs in this multiprocessor system are not all the came revision level To use all processors the operating system restricts itself lo the features of the least capa
32. In that case power on the server for several hours and check Status again 4 48 Configuring Your Server Scan Devices When you click Scan Devices on WebBIOS Top Menu the HDDs connected are detected again Use this feature when you have installed a new HDD additionally while the WebBIOS is running IMPORTANT m Ifthe newly connected HDD contains another configuration information Foreign Configuration screen as shown below appears To use the HDD as new one click Clear to clear the configuration information in HDD m Ifyou use Universal RAID Utility to configure a RAID system using the newly connected HDD containing another configuration information first clear another configuration information using this Scan Devices feature Universal RAID Utility does not have this feature be gaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Foreign Configuration 1 Foreign Configs Found fant to Import Select Cont iguration All Configurations Y Preview C lear Cancel Configuring Your Server 4 49 Virtual Disks When you click Virtual Disks on WebBIOS Top Menu the screen for operating the VD that has already been configured MegaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Virtua Disks wal y VD X RAID X 2000006 MB Optimal F ast Initialize Slow Initialize Check Consistency Properties Set Boot Drive Current 0 T Go gt Reset IMPORTANT If no hard disk drive exists the upper right colu
33. Item Speci fic Help 2 14 5 35H1 Syst em Dat e 9 2004 lt Tab gt lt Shift Tab gt or Legacy Fl oppy A lt Ent er gt sel ects field Legacy Floppy B d Hard O sk Fre Dl ay gt Primary OE Mast er gt Primary 9 ave oration All Rights gt Processor Settings Language NOTE To manage this product using NEC DianaScope a server license is needed The following server license is attached to the product m UL1198 001E DianaScope Additional Server License 1 Local intranet Chapter 7 Maintenance This chapter describes the daily maintenance of the CPU blade and precautions when relocating or storing the CPU blade MAKING BACKUP COPIES NEC recommends you make backup copies of your valuable data stored in hard disk drives of the CPU blade on a regular basis For backup storage devices suitable for the CPU blade and backup tools consult with your service representative When you have changed the hardware configuration or BIOS configuration select System Information Management and then Save of the Off line Maintenance Utility to make a backup copy of the system information Also make a backup copy of the RAID configuration data if your system is in the RAID configuration When your hard disk drives have been auto rebuilt due to a failure it is recommended to make a backup copy of the configuration data To make a backup copy of the configuration data refer to the manua
34. Microsoft Windows Version 6 6 60611 Copyright lt c gt 2666 Microsoft Corporation All rights reserved C Users Administrator gt slmgr ipk KKKKK KRRRKRKR RRRRR RRKKK KRRARRRL 3 Type slmgr dti to obtain an installation ID for Windows activation and press Enter cx Administrator C Windows system32 cmd exe Microsoft Windows Version 6 6 66611 Copyright lt c gt 2006 Microsoft Corporation All rights reserved C Users Administrator gt slmgr dt i 4 See systemroot system32 slui phone inf for the phone number of the Microsoft customer service 5 Call the above number inform the representative of the installation ID which you obtained in step 3 and receive a confirmation ID Installing the Operating System B 75 6 At the command prompt type slmgr atp lt CID gt and press Enter CID is the confirmation ID that you received from the call center Administrator C Windows system32 cmd exe Microsoft Windows Version 6 6 6661 1 Copyright lt c gt 2666 Microsoft Corporation All rights reserved C Users Administrator gt slmgr atp XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX m The Windows activation is complete B 76 Installing the Operating System Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions Windows Server 2003 1 Click Run on Start menu Type as follows in the Open box and click OK oobe msoobe a Type the name of a program folder document or Internet resource and Windows will
35. Replace the Li lon battery on CPU unit If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 39 On screen message Description Recommended action Proc1 VCCP Alm07 VCCP voltage warning upper limit occurred on CPU 1 Proc1 VCCP Alm00 VCCP voltage warning lower limit occurred on CPU 1 Proc2 VCCP Alm07 VCCP voltage warning upper limit occurred on CPU 2 Proc2 VCCP Alm00 VCCP voltage warning lower limit occurred on CPU 2 Proc3 VCCP Alm07 VCCP voltage warning upper limit occurred on CPU 3 Proc3 VCCP Alm00 VCCP voltage warning lower limit occurred on CPU 3 Proc4 VCCP Alm07 VCCP voltage warning upper limit occurred on CPU 4 Proc4 VCCP Alm00 VCCP voltage warning lower limit occurred on CPU 4 Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade 1 Check installation status of the failed CPU 2 Check installation status of heat sink on
36. hr 80042505 Go to the Microsoft website http support microsoft com kb 948275 en us The following application events are logged when Windows Server 2008 is installed Event ID Source Level Description Event ID Source Level Description 1021 Microsoft Windows Security Licensing SLC Warning SLUINotify service has failed to start hr 0x80070424 1534 Microsoft Windows User Profiles Service Warning Profile notification of event Create for component 56EA1054 1959 467f BE3B A2A787C4B6EA failed error code is 2147023591 These events do not affect system operation Ignore these messages There are some cases that an event log is registered as follows when you install Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions Source Category Event ID Description DCOM Error 10016 The application specific permission settings do not grant Local Activation permission for the COM server application with CLSID 555F3418 D99E 4E51 800A 6E89CFD8B1D7 to the user NT AUTHORITY LOCAL SERVICE SID S 1 5 19 This security permission can be modified using the Component Services administrative tool gt It is not a problem in operating the system 8 52 Troubleshooting There are some cases that an event log is registered as follows when you install Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions Event Source Service Control Manager Event Type Error Event ID 7011 Description Timeout 30000 milliseconds waiting
37. mramder X Cancel Bak 1 Next Custom Configuration Allows you to define all aspects of the configuration RAID level size and others Auto Configuration with Automatically creates redundant virtual disk Redundancy Auto Configuration Automatically creates non redundant virtual disk without Redundancy IMPORTANT The onboard RAID Controller MegaRAID ROMB supports Custom Configuration only 4 56 Configuring Your Server Use this menu to define several physical drives PD as a disk group DG bexaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Config izard DG Def init ion LSI u Disk Group Definition To add drives to a Disk Group hold Gontrol key while select ing Unconf Good drives and cl ick on Accept 0G Drive addition can be undone by selecting the Rec lain button Physical Dr ives 0721202 UNCONF GOOD XXXXX MB 0 1111 UNCONF GOOD XXXXX WB Q21222 UNCONF GOOD XXXXX WB X Cancel 4u Back mp Next Configuring Your Server 4 57 1 To add physical drives HDD to a Disk Group hold Ctrl while selecting physical drives HDDs in DG Physical Dr ives Enclosure WWW 07120 UNCONF GOOD XXXX WB 02171 UNCONF GOOD XXXXX WB 071123 UNCONF GOOD XXXXx WB 3 Anew DG is defined in the Disk Groups frame To define the new DG click Accept DG at the lower right of the screen Physical Dr ives Enclosure XxX 0 1110 ONLINE Z88 WB 0 110 ONLINE XWW 0 1117 ONLINE 32 021212 ONLINE
38. the WebBIOS Top Menu appears MegaRAlO BIOS Configuration Utility Virtual Configuration WebBlOS Adapler Praperiics Soon bake Vital Obes Prytical Ores Cant igu ethan WV kard Adapter Sz kectlan Phage bral kw Eve mr Eat Physical Drives UWOOME SOO D xN MB UHCONF SOO D AxN MB IMPORTANT X X X shown in Physical Drives box represents Connector number Enclosure number Slot number With this server the Connector number is not supported thus it is always indicated as The Enclosure number is always 1 The Slot number represents a slot number of disk bay 4 44 Configuring Your Server Adapter Properties When you click Adapter Properties on WebBIOS Top Menu the configuration information is displayed WegaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Adapter Information ws JETT Ra WegaRAID SAS 8708EM2 Frere Version BURCH Ee ee C Sri i Physical Disk Count Click Next to see the detailed settings of this controller begaR i D BIOS Configuration Utility Adapter Proper ties ets A en of LSI gt lt Proper ties mt ek oom Ce Co CE eo iz Spinup Drive Count 2 Ss a Adapter BIOS Stop On Error Submit gt Reset m Configuring Your Server 4 45 The detailed settings is continued to the next page Click Next to view more information ISE bhintain PD Fail Disbled Y aN Divebied AY begaR i D BIOS Configuration Utility Ad
39. 0 1 2 ONLINE MB Q2122 ONLINE XW 4 58 Configuring Your Server 4 After the DG has been defined click Next at the lower right of the screen Physical Dr ives Disk Gr oups Enclosure XxX DG 0 Size Xaxx kB ONLINE ONLINE gt ONLINE 0 110 ONLINE 0210 0 111 ONLINE git 0 112 ONLINE X hB 0 1 2 5 Then the Span Definition screen appears begaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Config Fizard Span Difin itioa fi LSI lt Span Difinit ion To add array hole to a Span select an array hole from the drop down Click on Add To Span Array hole will be added to the span Array Hole addition can be undone by selecting the Reclaim button Array With Free Space 06 0 Ho le70 RO RS R6 XRXRXME X Cancel m Back mb Next Configuring Your Server 4 59 6 Select a DG to define VD from Array With Free Space frame then click Add to SPAN The DG is defined in the Span field to the right Array ith Free Space Span 0G 0 RO RS RG WEWN ME i gt Add to SPAN 7 After the Span has been defined click Next at the lower right of the screen IMPORTANT m To configure RAIDO 1 or 5 perform Span Definition to a single DG only If you need to perform Span Definition to several DGs define VD for the first DG then select the next DG to define VD m Span Definition cannot be performed to DGs containing the different number of HDDs 4 60 Configuring Yo
40. 04 DIMM Group 2 in memory mirroring configuration DIMMG 3 Unc Err Memory mirror failover occurred due to an uncorrectable error occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 05 06 DIMM Group 3 in memory mirroring configuration DIMMG 4 Unc Err Memory mirror failover occurred due to an uncorrectable error occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 07 08 DIMM Group 4 in memory mirroring configuration DIMMG 5 Unc Err Memory mirror failover occurred due to an uncorrectable error occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 09 10 DIMM Group 5 in memory mirroring configuration DIMMG 6 Unc Err Memory mirror failover occurred due to an uncorrectable error occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 11 12 DIMM Group 6 in memory mirroring configuration 8 28 Troubleshooting On screen message Description Recommended action DIMMG 7 Unc Err Memory mirror failover occurred due to an uncorrectable error occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 13 14 DIMM Group 7 in memory mirroring configuration DIMMG 8 Unc Err Memory mirror failover occurred due to an uncorrectable error occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 15 16 DIMM Group 8 in memory mirroring configuration Mirror B1 Fail Memory mirror failover occurred due to an uncorrectable error occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 01 02 05 06 09 10 or 13 14 in memory mirroring configuration Mirror B2 Fail Memory mirror failover occurred due to an uncorrectabl
41. 1024x768 VRAM 2MB Auxiliary input Floppy disk Option USB device CD DVD ROM Option USB Mezzanine card Type 1 4 max when Mezzanine Card Type 2 is not used slot Type 2 2 LAN interface 1000Base T x 4 External interface SUV connector to be connected to the front panel serial x1 VGAx1 USBx2 x1 Weight External dimensions mm 366 H x 516 D x 52 W 11 kg Max Power supply 12Vdc and 5VS supplied from the Blade Enclosure Power consumption 12Vdc 800 W Environmental requirements Temperature 10 to 35 C Humidity 20 to 80 RH no condensation A 2 Specifications This page is intentionally left blank Appendix B Installing the Operating System SETUP AND RE SETUP OF CPU BLADE OF DISKLESS MODEL Local Installation Before the installation make sure that the CPU blade is connected with the keyboard display unit DVD ROM drive and floppy disk drive If any device is not connected always connect it to the CPU blade Notes Before starting the local installation read the notes described here carefully Key Entry Conduct key entries while the access lamp on the USB floppy disk drive is off or the floppy disk is not accessed System Update If the system configuration is modified always provide the system update by using NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD shipped with the system See Chapter 6 for details Install
42. 8 64 Maintenance Tools with Remote Console cccccsseesseesseseeeesceeeceseceeeeeaecesecsaecaeeeaeenseeneeeaes 8 66 Resetting the CPU blade c ccccsce ceieicesiecitseeteces succz conse iii i eN E E S EER AEE a 8 68 Forced Shutdown enai eR ERE I E AEG EE R ARREK 8 68 vii Chapter 9 Upgrading Your Server cccccsssseeeecesseeeeeeseeeeeeneseeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeessseenseesseenees 9 1 Safety NOTES or e ees B vere A E See eo Svs eee ac eR Ae N R 9 2 Atitiestatic Measures 2 22 Asie he ewan Sean Adis ientinin anti hein iemaiae 9 3 Preparation for Installationen i MOE eens ete ea ea 9 4 Installation Removal Procedutes c 3 1 03 04 sti ceetece heii eek veg ce R eels E E cowed 9 5 Processor CRU ida echinacea eis Ss Re E EE 9 5 DNM scssseeve testi genre Ghentene aehen E eat non eu iogectentins abate Socentncm ean taneod ee 9 14 Mezzanine Card nananet a ik he net he ARE Ee tre RE oR aed A ete aay 9 24 Hardi DISE Dit VS ani eeta esti ating ee A Ata che cea ee tench ahi RR 9 29 Appendix A Specifications cccccecceceesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeensensseaeeeseeesasensceeeeseeeeneees A 1 Appendix B Installing the Operating System ccccsssccesseereeeseeeeeeeseenseeeseeeeeeeeeeaes B 1 Setup and Re setup of CPU Blade of Diskless Model 0 cccccccceeseeeceseceeeceseeeeeeneeeeeeseeneeeaeeees B 1 Local Installation 2 05 idien peta eeis te Rises tations ace ees anes eerie B 1 Remote Desktop for Management
43. Cache Cautionary status detected on Processor 4 This is not a fatal error and the processor need not be replaced immediately You may continue to use or run the system 1 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU blade and then on Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Check installation status of failed CPU Check instatllation status of the heat sink on the failed CPU Replace the failed CPU Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative 8200 Online Spare memory was not ready AIN Oo W Run BIOS SETUP and check settings for Advanced Memory Configuration Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Check installation status of DIMMs Replace the DIMM Replace the CPU blade If the same error pe
44. Channel controller driver will be installed automatically Installing the Operating System B 25 Installation of Windows Server 2003 R2 This section explains how to perform a clean installation of Windows Server 2003 1 2 3 Turn on the power to start the CPU blade Insert the Windows Server 2003 CD ROM into the USB DVD ROM drive Press Ctrl Alt Delete to reset the system After a bootable operating system has been installed on the hard disk drive press Enter while the message Press any key to boot from CD is displayed at the top of the screen If no bootable operating system exists on the hard disk drive this step is unnecessary The Windows Server 2003 setup screen will appear If the screen is not displayed Enter was not pressed properly Begin after turning on the system power again Press F6 in a few seconds when the window is in either of the following states Setup is inspecting your computer s hardware configuration or Press F6 if you need to install a third party SCSI or RAID driver is displayed Ascreen with a solid blue background is displayed IMPORTANT There is no visible indication on screen when F6 has been pressed When the following message is displayed press S Setup could not determine the type of one or more mass storage devices installed in your system or you have chosen to manually specify an adapter Currently Setup will load support for the following mas
45. Chapter 9 Factory set 4 14 Configuring Your Server PCI Configuration The following screen appears if you select PCI Configuration on the Advanced menu Selecting a menu item preceded by symbol gt and pressing Enter allows the appropriate submenu to appear PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility PCI Configuration Item Specific Help gt Onboard SAS Additional setup gt Onboard NIC menus to configure onboard SAS Mezzanine Slot 1 Option ROM Scan Disabled controller Mezzanine Slot 2 Option ROM Scan Disabled Mezzanine Slot 3 Option ROM Scan Disabled Mezzanine Slot 4 Option ROM Scan Disabled F1 Help t Select Item Change Values F9 Setup Defaults Esc Exit ae Select Menu Enter Select gt Sub Menu F10 Save and Exit Option Parameter Description Your Setting Mezzanine Slot 1 4 Enabled Indicates whether the expansion of Option ROM Scan Disabled BIOS of mezzanine card to be installed is enabled or disabled Factory set Configuring Your Server 4 15 Onboard SAS Select Onboard SAS on the PCI Configuration submenu to display the following screen PhoenixBI0S Setup Utility Onboard SAS Item Specific Help Option ROM Scan lt Enabled l Initializes device expansion ROM F1 Help t Select Item Change Values F9 Setup Defaults Esc Exit a Select Menu Enter Select gt Sub Menu F10 Save and Exit Option Parameter Description Your Setting Option ROM Scan
46. Handle the hard disk drive carefully so that the hard disk drive may not be given excess shocks and vibrations Setting Up Your Server 3 5 MAKING CONNECTIONS Connect peripheral devices to the CPU blade IMPORTANT Contact the maintenance engineer in your service representative if you have any requests on the system configuration including the connection to the uninterruptible power supply system or auto power controller and the time schedule operation If you are installing the CPU blade in the Blade Enclosure SIGMABLADE H follow instructions described in the User s Guide of the Blade Enclosure A WARNING Observe the following instructions to use the server safely Failure to follow these instructions may result in death or serious personal injury See pages 1 2 to 1 6 for details m Do not hold the power plug with a wet hand m Do not connect earth lines to any gas tubes A CAUTION Observe the following instructions to use the server safely Failure to follow these instructions may cause a fire personal injury or property damage See pages 1 2 to 1 6 for details gt e o m Do not plug the power cord in to an improper power source m Do not connect the power cord to an outlet that has an illegal number of connections m Insert the power plug into the outlet as far as it goes Use the authorized power cord only m Do not connect or disconnect any interface cable with the power cord of
47. I tit il z i Be88e8e 8386838858988 E E eee oBeee8 15809080 000202020202000 O 808090808 oo 30808080 0 0009000000000000 POWER lamp POWER switch Power ON from Network Serial Port Depending on the BIOS setting of the CPU blade the power of the CPU blade may be automatically turned on by a proper packet received from the network or via the modem connected to the serial port This power on procedure can be specified by setting Wake On Events of Advanced Chipset Control in the BIOS SETUP Utility Operation after Power ON If the CPU blade is connected with a display unit the NEC logo appears on the screen of the display unit after a while from the power on While the NEC logo appears the CPU blade runs the self diagnosis program POST to diagnose the CPU blade itself See POST described later for details At the completion of POST OS is booted NOTE Ifa fault is found during POST it is interrupted and the error message notifying the fault appears See Chapter 8 2 16 General Description POST POST Power On Self Test is the self diagnostic program stored in the CPU blade When you power on the CPU blade the system automatically runs POST to check the mother board ECC memory module CPU module keyboard and mouse POST also displays messages of the BIOS SETUP utility such as the start up message while in progress NEC With the factory setup of the CPU blade
48. II mezzanine card can be installed in Type II connector only To install the Type I mezzanine card start installation from the bottom slot for Type I NOTE Before installing mezzanine card make sure that the shape of mezzanine card slot matches with that of connector of the option card 1 After the shutdown processing for the CPU blade to be removed turn off the power of the CPU blade 2 Pull out the CPU blade from the Blade Enclosure Refer to the User s Guide of the Blade Enclosure 3 Place the CPU blade on anti static sheet with little dust 9 26 Upgrading Your Server 4 Remove the five screws fixing the top cover then lift the cover to 5 Firmly hold the cover move it slightly toward the rear of the blade remove it from the CPU blade 5 IMPORTANT Handle the cover carefully so as not to make it contact with any electronic components on the CPU blade 6 Upgrading Your Server 9 27 From top of the CPU unit position the connector of the mezzanine card so that it aligns the connector of the mezzanine card slot and insert the mezzanine card straight into the slot 10 11 12 13 14 IMPORTANT m Do not make your body contact with the terminals on the board Some malfunction may occur if the board is installed with dirt and or oil adhering to the terminals m Insert the mezzanine card straight into the connector The terminal or
49. Memory Size 1 5 Dump File Size Mounted Memory Size 12MB Application Size Required Size IMPORTANT m The above mentioned paging file size is recommended for collecting debug information memory dump The paging file with initial size large enough to store the dump file in the boot drive is required Correct debug information might not be able to be collected due to virtual memory shortage when the paging file is insufficient so set an enough size of the paging file with the entire system m The maximum paging file size which can be set on one partition is 4095MB If the above paging file size exceeds 4095MB specify 4095MB for the paging file size m The maximum dump file size for the system with more than 2GB memory mounted is 2048MB 12MB m If you install any application program or the like add necessary space to the partition to install these programs For example if the mounted memory size is 512MB the partition size will be calculated by the above formula as follows 3500MB 512MB 1 5 512MB 12MB Application Size 4792MB Application Size Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 5 7 Dividing into the partition of the recommended size into multiple disks as written below will solve problem that it cannot be reserved in one disk 1 Set the Size required for installation Paging file size 2 See Chapter 5 and set that debugging information equivalent to the dump file
50. Monitor Tools check box and then click OK The Windows Components Wizard dialog box appears again so click Next If the setup asks to install the disk insert the OS CD ROM into optical disk drive and click OK Click Finish in the Windows Component Wizard dialog box Close the Add or Remove Programs dialog box Close the Control Panel dialog box To start Network Monitor point to Program Administrative Tools and click Network Monitor For information on how to operate Network Monitor refer to Online Help Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 5 31 INSTALLING MAINTENANCE UTILITIES Various maintenance utilities are contained in your NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD See Chapter 6 for installing the utilities to your server or management workstations UPDATING THE SYSTEM Updating the System is executed by Express Setup automatically Execute Updating the System in following cases m Modified system configuration Recovered the system using recovery process See Updating the System Applying Service Pack section in Appendix B for detail of update process 5 32 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup MAKING BACKUP COPIES OF SYSTEM INFORMATION The system information includes the current BIOS settings and any specific information for the server Save the information after completing the system setup Without the backup data you will not be able to recover the i
51. Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU blade and then on Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 11 On screen error message Recommended action OBCO POST detected startup failure of 1st Processor OBC1 POST detected startup failure of 2nd Processor OBC2 POST detected startup failure of 3rh Processor OBC3 POST detected startup failure of 4th Processor 1 ZRON Run BIOS SETUP select Main Processor Settings Processor Retest Yes then select Exit Exit Saving Changes Replace the failed CPU Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative ote The detailed error information can be obtained by viewing the IPMI system event log If the CPU has been rep
52. Select All captured frames from Frame selection and enter the names of a folder and a file NOTE The default folder name is C Users lt User name gt Documents Network Monitor 3 Captures 7 Click Save to create the file in the folder selected in step 6 B 52 Installing the Operating System Network Monitor Windows Server 2003 To utilize Network Monitor you need to restart the system after the installation has completed so we recommend to install Network Monitor before any network trouble may occur 1 8 9 10 Point to Settings from Start menu and click Control Panel The Control Panel dialog box appears Double click Add or Remove Programs The Add or Remove Programs dialog box appears Click Add Remove Windows Component The Windows Components Wizard dialog box appears Click Management and Monitoring Tools and then click Details The Management and Monitoring Tools dialog appears Click to select the Network Monitor Tools check box and then click OK The Windows Components Wizard dialog box appears again so click Next If the setup asks to install the disk insert the OS CD ROM into DVD ROM drive and click OK Click Finish in the Windows Component Wizard dialog box Close the Add or Remove Programs dialog box Close the Control Panel dialog box To start Network Monitor point to Program gt Administrative Tools and click NetworkMonitor For
53. Server 2003 Enterprise Edition 4GB up to 3 6GB DIMM sockets 16 15 12 11 8 7 4 3 1 2 5 6 9 10 13 and 14 from top f 6 SEN m a en lO ase CL a l 5e Upgrading Your Server 9 15 NOTES Up to 64GB memory can be added m In the standard configuration the CPU blade does not contain memory module The memory module is a required option Adding Order and Precautions m DIMMs for the CPU unit must be populated in pairs Two DIMMs for the CPU unit must be the same capacity and same speed Check the labels on the DIMM board m Install the pair of DIMMs into slots as follows DIMM first pair Slots 1 and 2 DIMM second pair Slots 3 and 4 DIMM third pair Slots 5 and 6 DIMM fourth pair Slots 7 and 8 DIMM fifth pair Slots 9 and 10 DIMM sixth pair Slots 11 and 12 DIMM seventh pair Slots 13 and 14 DIMM eighth pair Slots 15 and 16 DIMM Group 1 DIMM Group 2 DIMM Group 3 DIMM Group 4 DIMM Group 5 DIMM Group 6 DIMM Group
54. Windows Update Web site with your permission ti Can Windows connect to Windows Update to search for software O Yes this time only O Yes now and every time connect a device No not this time Click Next to continue 4 Click OK to restart the system 5 When the reboot is started remove the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD from the USB DVD ROM drive immediately Installing the Operating System B 63 Recovery process If Updating the System is executed before the application of the Hotfix for Windows x64 KB921411 or Hotfix for Windows Server 2003 KB921411 may be displayed on the USB root hub If is displayed on the USB root hub perform application of the Hotfix for Windows x64 KB921411 or Hotfix for Windows Server 2003 KB921411 and the Updating the System according to the following process 1 2 8 Start the Windows Explorer and click Tools and Folder Options Select Files and Folders Hidden files and folders Show hidden files and folders radio button from Advanced settings in the View tab Check off the following check box in the Files and Folders from Advanced settings in the View tab and then click OK O Hide extensions for know file type O Hide protected operating system files Recommended When the message You have chosen to display protected operating system files is displayed click Yes Make sure of the files Open lt Syst
55. You have good working posture as described in the above when no part of your body is under excess strain in other words when your muscles are most relaxed You have bad posture when you sit with your back hunched up or you operate a display unit with your face close to the screen Bad working posture may cause eye strain or poor eyesight Adjustment of Display Unit Angles Most display units are designed for adjustment of the horizontal and vertical angles This adjustment is important to prevent the screen from reflecting bright lights and to make the display contents easy to see You will not be able to keep good working posture and you will feel more tired than you should if you operate a display unit without adjusting horizontal and vertical angles Adjustment of Screen Brightness and Contrast The display unit has brightness and contrast adjustment functions The most suitable brightness and contrast depend on the individual and the working environment well lighted room or insufficient light Adjust brightness and contrast so that the screen will be easy to see An extremely bright or dark screen will give a bad effect to your eyes Adjustment of Keyboard Angle The keyboard provided with the server is designed for adjustment of an angle Adjust the keyboard angle at which the keyboard is easy to operate The adjustment assists in reducing strain on your shoulders arms and fingers Cleaning of Equipment Clean equipme
56. a number of Adapter where Adapter No in Adapter Selection menu Universal RAID Utility manages RAID Controller by a number beginning with 1 You can see a number of RAID Controller where Number in the property of RAID Controller on RAID Viewer or RAID Controller X in the property of RAID Controller on raidemd Also you can see the number of Adapter managed by WebBIOS where ID in the property of RAID Controller by Universal RAID Utility Virtual Disk and Logical Drive WebBIOS manages Virtual Disk by a number beginning with 0 You can see a number of Virtual Disk where VD X in Virtual Drives Universal RAID Utility manages Logical Drive by a number beginning with 1 You can see a number of Logical Drive where Number in the property of Logical Drive on RAID Viewer or RAID Controller X Logical Drive Y in the property of Logical Drive on raidcmd Also you can see the number of Logical Drive managed by WebBIOS where ID in the property of Logical Drive by Universal RAID Utility 4 82 Configuring Your Server Disk Array WebBIOS manages Disk Array by a number beginning with 0 You can see a number of Disk Array where DG X in Physical Drives and Virtual Drives Universal RAID Utility manages Disk Array by a number beginning with 1 You can see a number of Disk Array where Disk Array in the property of Logical Drive on RAID Viewer or RAID Controller X Disk Array Y in the property of Disk Array on raidemd Phys
57. above The CPU blade restarts and the system is started from the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER 9 Exit the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER and remove the DVD from the optical disk drive 10 Power off the CPU blade 11 Reconnect all the LAN cables that have been disconnected in Step 2 This completes the system diagnostics 7 6 Maintenance This page is intentionally left blank Chapter 8 Troubleshooting If your CPU blade does not operate as expected read this chapter before assuming a failure NOTE For provision against an unexpected failure it is recommended to install the Off line maintenance utility NEC ESMPRO to your computer 8 2 Troubleshooting SYSTEM VIEWERS Monitor the occurrence of fault by NEC ESMPRO during the system operation Especially take note on whether any alert is reported to NEC ESMPRO Manager Check whether any alert is reported on Operation Window DataViewer or AlertViewer of NEC ESMPRO Manager Example eI ee alw ewo dee Troubleshooting 8 3 ERROR MESSAGES If an error occurs in the CPU blade an error message appears on the display unit connected to the CPU blade POST Error Messages Powering on the CPU blade automatically starts the self diagnostic program POST Power On Self Test When the POST detects any error it displays an error message and its measure on the display unit Follow t
58. an unapproved third party s hard disk drive is installed in the CPU blade not only the hard disk drive but also the CPU blade may be defected If hard disk drives of different disk capacities co exist in the CPU Blade the unit can operate normally However to use a RAID drive based on the onboard RAID controller use hard disk drives of the same model number Pay attention not to apply shock or vibration to the hard disk drive Do not push the surface of the hard disk drive when installing or removing the hard disk drive Doing so may cause a failure of the hard disk drive Use the hard disk drive mounted on the tray dedicated to the CPU blade Do not remove the hard disk drive from the tray to mount any other hard disk drive Doing so may cause a failure of the hard disk drive 9 30 Upgrading Your Server Installation or Removal of Hard Disk Drive Install the hard disk drive in the following procedure Install the hard disk drive in slot 0 1 2 and then 3 in the order 1 To install a hard disk drive in the slot 1 and the subsequent slot remove a dummy tray from the slot before installing a hard disk drive IMPORTANT Keep the removed dummy tray for future use Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 2080 2S SS E50 8588995 z 8 OG o Sk sat 8 o 9 8 o 8 amp 8 Upgrading Your Server 9 31 3 Hold the hard disk drive so that it
59. an electric shock Do not install or remove more than one CPU blade at a time Install or remove CPU blades one by one If you install or remove more than one CPU blade at a time or a CPU blade with the cover of another slot removed you may be electrically shocked A CAUTION A A Keep water or foreign matter away from the CPU blade Do not let any form of liquid water etc or foreign matter e g pins or paper clips enter the server Failure to follow this warning may cause an electric shock a fire or a failure of the server When such things accidentally enter the server immediately turn off the power and disconnect the power plug from the outlet Do not disassemble the server Contact your service representative A Make sure to complete device installation Always install a CPU blade hard disk drive and board firmly An incompletely installed device may cause a contact failure resulting in smoking or fire A Do not use any unauthorized interface cable Use only interface cables provided by NEC and locate a proper device and connector before connecting a cable Using an authorized cable or connecting a cable to an improper destination may cause a short circuit resulting in a fire Also observe the following notes on using and connecting an interface cable m Do not use any damaged cable connector Do not step on the cable Do not place any object on the cable Do not use the Blade Enclosure with loos
60. an optional device An operating system may be installed in the hard disk drive Handle it carefully NO Hard disk drive BP connector The connector is connected to the SAS board Drive carrier Disk access lamp green amber Lights green in accessing to a hard disk drive Lights amber if a fault occurs in a hard disk drive Flashes amber while array disks are rebuilt Lever The lever is intended to unlock the hard disk drive Pull the lever to remove the hard disk drive Handle Hold the handle when the hard disk drive is installed or removed General Description 2 11 Lamp Indications This section describes the positions and display meanings of the lamps on the CPU blade and other devices CPU Blade The CPU blade includes seven lamps POWER lamp LAN4 Link Access LAN2 Link Access lamp STATUS lamp lamp LAN3 Link Access l LAN1 Link Access amg lamp POWER Lamp The POWER lamp lights green while the power of the CPU blade is on The lamp lights amber when the CPU blade is powered off but the power is supplied from the power supply unit The lamp is off if the power is not supplied to the system 2 12 General Description STATUS Lamp The STATUS lamp stays lit in green when the CPU blade is in successful operation When the STATUS lamp is flashing in amber or red it indicates that the system has failed In addition you can view the detailed information on error message on
61. and click Next R windows Activation A Windows Activation Change your product key for activation must activate Windows to continue using all Windows features the Windows package nme et ena ee p Mil le Sticker i 123 0 Example Sticker 1 isarat COD Nios ST TU Product Key Changing your Windows Server Standard product key requires you to activate Windows You You can find your product key sticker on your computer or on the installation disc holder inside Installing the Operating System B 73 4 Activate Windows R windows Activation The Windows activation is complete B 74 Installing the Operating System For a server running a Server Core installation 1 At the command prompt type Slmgr dli and press Enter Administrator C Windows system32 cmd exe Microsoft Windows Version 6 0 6001 1 Copyright lt c 2666 Microsoft Corporation C Users Administrator gt slmgr dli IMPORTANT If the following message appears Windows has already been activated on your system Click XI to exit Windows Script Host g x Name Windows Server R ServerStandard edition Description Windows Operating System Windows Server R OEM_SLP channel Partial Product Key 7CYMX License Status Licensed 2 Type slmgr ipk lt PID gt and press Enter PID is your product key on the COA label 3 Administrator C Windows system32 cmd exe
62. blade 1 Check connection status of signal cable between the CPU unit and the SAS unit 2 Check installation status of DIMMs on SAS unit Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 37 When STATUS lamp is flashing in amber On screen Description message Recommended action HDD 0 Fault An error was detected in hard disk drive in slot 0 HDD 1 Fault An error was detected in hard disk drive in slot 1 HDD 2 Fault An error was detected in hard disk drive in slot 2 HDD 3 Fault An error was detected in hard disk drive in slot 3 Check installation status of failed hard disk drive If the same error persists contact your service representative E Keying Error In the Blade Enclosure combination of installation locations of CPU blade mezzanine card and switch module is not correct Thus an unconformity of interface signal was detected and the CPU blade failed to power on Refer to the User s Guide of the Blade Enclosure to make sure that the they are installed in correct locations Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Location Error In the Blade Enclosure the installation location of CPU blade is incorrect or the installation locations of the fan and CPU blade are incorrect Thus the CPU blade failed to power on 1 Refer to the User s Guide of
63. blade Wear anti static shoes to work with the CPU blade Take off any jewels a ring bracelet or wrist watch before working with the CPU blade Handling of components Keep any component in an anti static bag until you actually install it to the CPU blade Hold a component by its edge to avoid touching any terminals or parts To store or carry any component place it in an anti static bag 9 4 Upgrading Your Server PREPARATION FOR INSTALLATION To install or remove an optional device excluding hard disk drive installed in the CPU blade you should first remove the CPU blade from the Blade Enclosure IMPORTANT Remove the target CPU blade only Do not remove any other blank cover or CPU blade from another slot Be sure to install or remove the CPU blade one by one Upgrading Your Server 9 5 INSTALLATION REMOVAL PROCEDURE Install or remove the devices in the following procedure Processor CPU The server may have up to four CPUs installed Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor IMPORTANT The CPU to be added must have the same specification on the core voltage clock and others as the CPU already installed The CPU is extremely sensitive to static electricity Make sure to touch the metal frame of the server to discharge static electricity from your body before handling the CPU Do not touch the CPU pins by a bare hand or place the CPU directly on the
64. blade put it into the case in which the CPU blade was contained at the purchase and pack it into the package The CPU blade is extremely sensitive to static electricity Make sure to touch the metal frame of the server to discharge static electricity from your body before handling the CPU blade Do not touch the CPU blade terminals or on board parts by a bare hand and place the CPU blade directly on the desk Check and adjust the system clock before the operation if any of the following conditions is applicable O After carriage of device O After storage of device O After the device is entered into the pause state under the environmental condition enduring device operation temperature 10 to 35 C humidity 20 to 80 Check the system clock at the rough rate of once per month When the system clock is installed in a system requiring high time precision it is recommended to use a time server NTP server If the system clock is remarkably delayed or advanced as the passage of time in spite of adjustment contact your service representative to ask maintenance Store the unit under the storage condition temperature 10 to 55 C humidity 20 to 80 without condensation to allow built in devices and the unit to operate correctly in the next operation Before turning off the power of a CPU blade shut down the CPU blade correctly After turning off the power of a CPU blade once turn on the power again after 30 seconds have passed from
65. changed by using the f and keys Move the cursor to the desired device with the ft or key and change the priority with the or key The boot device priority is factory set in the following order CD DVD ROM Drive Optical drive Removable Device USB floppy disk drive Removable Device USB or flash memory of 1GB or less capacity IBA GE Slot 0C00 v1245 LAN1 Hard Drive IBAGE Slot 6001 v1245 LAN2 IBAGE Slot 4B00 v1245 LAN3 IBAGE Slot 4B01 v1245 LAN4 Configuring Your Server 4 27 Exit Move the cursor onto Exit to display the Exit menu Main Advanced Security Server Boot Exit Saving Changes Item Specific Help Exit Discarding Changes Load Setup Defaults Exit System Setup and Load Custom Defaults CEnter save your changes to Save Custom Defaults CEnter cmos Disacard Changes Save Changes The following describes each option on the Exit menu Exit Saving Changes Select this item to terminate SETUP after saving the newly selected information in CMOS non volatile memory The selection of Exit Saving Changes causes the confirmation screen to appear If you select Yes SETUP is terminated with the newly selected information saved in CMOS non volatile memory Then the CPU blade automatically reboots the system Exit Discarding Changes Select this item to terminate SETUP without saving the newly selected information in CMOS non volatile memory Selectin
66. connector may be damaged if it is inclined m Ifthe board cannot be installed securely remove the board once and then install it again Adding excess force to the board may cause the board to be damaged Push the mezzanine card with fingers firmly toward the CPU unit to connect the card to the slot Tighten the fixing screws to fix the mezzanine card to the spacer on the CPU unit Install the top cover having been removed Secure the top cover with five screws Install the CPU blade having been removed to the Blade Enclosure according to the User s Guide of the Blade Enclosure Turn on the power of the CPU blade Make sure that any error messages associated with the board do not appear on the POST screen See Chapter 8 for details of POST error messages Select Advanced Reset Configuration Data on the Advanced menu and set to Yes This is required to update the hardware update information See Chapter 4 for details Run the BIOS configuration utility of the installed board to provide setup for the board The existence of the utility and its start and operation procedures vary depending on the type of the board Refer to the documentation coming with the board for details 9 28 Upgrading Your Server Removal To remove the board follow the procedure below 1 2 Shutdown the CPU blade to be removed and turn off the power of the CPU blade Take the CPU blade out from the Blade Enclosure Refer to the Use
67. desk For static notes see the section Anti static Measures described earlier Do not operate the system until confirming that the additionally installed CPU is in normal state Make sure to use the CPU authorized by NEC Installing a third party CPU may cause a failure of the CPU as well as the server Repair of the server due to failures or damage resulted from installing such a CPU will be charged CPU 4 CPU 3 CPU 2 CPU 1 7N 1 CBS SSS CEE 5g 2 EE z SaaS SST Lae CE gge CE e i e o E ppi Eg o H ammm O ol a m pee le amp 1 pa 1 5 i i a CE to be installed below the dummy heat sink CPU unit 9 6 Upgrading Your Server NOTE If the different revision of the processor is installed in the multiprocessor system Windows logs the following information every startup If this message is logged it is no problem for operation Event Properties Upgr
68. do after System Update completed Open the Device Manager 2 Open Network adapters Intel R xxx properties 3 Click Teaming tab and check the Team this adapter with other adapters check box Click New Team 4 Fill the name of the team in Specify a name for the team and click Next 5 Include the adapter to the team and click Next 6 Select a team type Adapter Fault Tolerance Adaptive Load Balancing Click Next 7 Click Finish 5 22 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 8 Click TEAM Team name from Device manager Network adapters to modify the team Click Settings tab and click Modify Team button 9 Refer to the following procedure to set the team member adapter priority status Set Primary Point the adapter and click Set Primary button Set Secondary Point the adapter and click Set Secondary button NOTE Adapter priority config can be confirmed by the following procedure 1 Click TEAM Team name from Device manager Network adapters 2 Click Settings and confirm Adapters in team list 10 Click Test Switch Run test to confirm the adapter team is properly setup Confirm the result in Test results 11 Reboot the system Remove Team Open the Device Manager Click Network adapters and open TEAM Team name properties Click Setting tab Click Remove Team button Click Yes to the message
69. for a transaction response from the Dfs service When this event is not registered by rebooting the system it is not a problem in operating the system Fail to access to USB devices on Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition or Windows Server 2003 Q Did you apply Hotfix for Windows x64 KB921411 or Hotfix for Windows Server 2003 KB921411 prior to the Updating the System process Specify whether is displayed or not on the USB root hub lt verification process gt Click Start menu right click My Computer and click Manage to start Computer Management Then select Device Manager from the left side window If is displayed on the USB root hub apply the Hotfix according to the Recovery process Recovery process refer to Appendix B for details Fail to restart the system with the message means pci sys missing or corrupt after you executed Updating the System process to Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition or Windows Server 2003 C During the application of the ChipSet driver by Updating the System process the driver for the USB device may be deleted Follow the process detailed below 1 Start the Recovery console 2 Copy lt Systemdrive gt system32 dllcache pci sys to under lt Systemdrive gt system32 drivers 3 Exit the Recovery console and restart the system 4 Refer to Recovery process and follow to the process detailed to apply Hotfix for Windows x64 KB921411 or Hotfix for Wi
70. high temperature warning occurred on CPU 4 1 Check if fans in Blade Enclosure work normally 2 Refer to the User s Guide of the Blade Enclosure to make sure that the sufficient number of fans are installed in correct locations 3 Check if the fans and CPU blades are installed in correct locations 4 Check installation status of heat sink of the CPU blade 5 Check if the ambient temperature of installation location satisfies the operation guarantee condition 1 Check installation status of the failed CPU 2 Check installation status of heat sink on the failed CPU 3 Replace the failed CPU Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Voltage warning upper limit occurred on Li lon battery Battery Alm07 Battery Alm0O Voltage warning lower limit occurred on Li lon battery Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade 1 Check installation status of Li lon battery on CPU unit 2
71. information on how to operate Network Monitor refer to Online Help Installing the Operating System B 53 Re installing the Operation System if Multiple Logical Drives Exist Before Re installing the Operation System Be sure to make backup copies before re installing the operation system just in case Re installing the Operation System 1 Start the clean installation following the procedure described in this manual 2 Specify the partition in which you want to install the operating system when the following message appears The following list shows the existing partitions and unpartitioned space on this computer Use the UP and DOWN ARROW keys to select an item in the list Cannot modify the drive letter of your system or boot volume Confirm the proper drive letter is assigned and then continue the setup 3 Continue the clean installation again following the procedure described in this manual 4 The drive letter of the re installed system may differ from the one of the previous system If you need to modify the drive letter modify it according to the Procedure for Modifying the Drive Letter B 54 Installing the Operating System Procedure for Modifying the Drive Letter Be careful that the drive letter of the system or boot volume cannot modify with the following procedure 1 a ee ae a Click Start menu right click My Computer and specify Manage to start Computer Managemen
72. is Windows Server 2003 After installing OS and deleting the network drivers if you want to re install the network drivers follow the procedure below 1 2 Restart OS and logon to your system Upgrade Device Driver Wizard dialog box appears Click Next Confirm that the Search for a suitable driver for my device recommended radio button is selected and click Next Select the Specify a location check box and deselect other check boxes Click Next Other Upgrade Device Driver Wizard dialog box opens When using IntelR PRO 1000 EB Backplane Connection with I O Acceleration Intel R PRO 1000 EB Backplane Connection with I O Acceleration 2 specify DVD ROM drive letter 002 win WINNT DOTNET DL3 PRO1000 WIN32 Then click OK After installing OS and deleting the network drivers if you want to re install the network drivers Click Next Click Finished Other Upgrade Device Driver Wizard dialog box appears Installing the Operating System B 43 SETTING FOR SOLVING PROBLEMS Setup the following issue in advance so that your computer can recover from any trouble precisely and as soon as possible when it should occur Memory Dump Debug Information Windows Server 2008 This section describes the procedures for collecting memory dump debug information in the server IMPORTANT Cautions for the Memory Dump m The staff of maintenance service representative is in charge of collecting
73. is not available before Supervisor password setup Set a password on the pop up screen Enter a password of up to seven alphanumeric characters and symbols from the keyboard IMPORTANT m User password setup is not available before Supervisor password setup m Do not set any password before installing the OS m Ifyou have forgotten your password ask your service representative 4 20 Configuring Your Server See the table below for items Option Parameter Description Your Setting Set User Up to 7 Press Enter to display the user password Password alphanumeric entry screen With a user password characters accessible SETUP menus are restricted This option is available only if the Supervisor Password is specified Set Supervisor Up to 7 Press Enter to display the supervisor Password alphanumeric password entry screen With the supervisor characters password all SETUP menus are available for access This option is available only when you log into the SETUP utility with the password Supervisor Password on Disabled Specify whether to request a user password boot Enabled entry at boot up User password setup is required beforehand It gives priority to Secure Mode Boot when Secure Mode Boot and Password on boot are set up in both Secure Mode Disabled Specify the period from no input from the Timer 1 min keyboard or mouse to the point at which the 2 min system enters into the se
74. m It is the user s responsibility to completely erase or modify all the data stored in storage device such as hard disk drive so that the data cannot be restored m The server contains some components that are only good for a limited period of time and require replacement e g lithtum Li Ion or NiMH battery For stable operation of the server NEC recommends you replace these components on a regular basis Consult with your service representative for replacement or the product lives A WARNING Q A Do not remove the battery The server contains the lithium and NiMH or Li lon batteries Do not remove the Q battery Placing the battery close to a fire or in the water may cause an explosion For the location of battery on the option board refer to the manual that comes with the option board Saye age 4 E Li lon battery Hp 6 __6_ _ 6 6 _ 6 6 H SMI SMM e A io fo aw a D Oy En URUNU fof MUI ie 1
75. memory dump Customers need only to specify the memory dump m If any trouble occur after specifying the process below the message to inform that the system is in short of virtual memory may appear but continue to start the system If you restart the system in such case memory dump may not be stored correctly Follow the procedure below to specify 1 Select Control Panel and click System The System dialog box appears 2 Click Advanced system settings The System Properties dialog box appears 3 Select Advanced tab Click Settings on the Startup and Recovery group box 4 Modify Dump file in the Write debugging information group box e g Write the debug information in D drive with the file name MEMORY DMP D MEMORY DMP B 44 Installing the Operating System IMPORTANT Windows Server 2008 64 bit x64 Edition To specify Complete Memory Dump to write the debug information is recommended If the mounted memory size is larger than 2GB Complete Memory Dump cannot be specified so that specify Kernel Memory Dump instead Specify the drive where there is a free area more than the size of the memory capacity mounted on Express server 300MB In case the mounted memory size exceeds 2GB due to the added memory change the write debugging information to Kernel Memory Dump before adding memory The size of debugging information memory dump to be taken also changes due to adding memory Ve
76. memory feature is used with four sets of 1 GB DIMM eight 512MB DIMMs the operating system only recognizes a half of the total physical capacity Enabling the online spare memory feature does not affect the operation of application program The feature is automatically disabled if the following error message is displayed on POST 8200 Online Spare Memory was not ready Upgrading Your Server 9 21 When the standby group starts working by the online spare memory feature you can confirm it by the following indications m The following system log is recorded in Event Viewer of NEC ESMPRO Agent Source ESMCommonService Event ID 2313 Description Failed DIMM has been separated DIMM XX Date XX 9 22 Upgrading Your Server Memory Mirroring The CPU blade supports the memory mirroring feature To use this feature install the standby DIMMs as spare then select the supported feature from the BIOS SETUP m To enable the memory mirroring feature The memory mirroring feature puts a DIMM into standby status as spare memory If an unrecoverable error occurs in the running memory board the feature automatically changes the running DIMM from the failed one to a standby one to continue the processing To enable Memory Mirroring to operate effectively the memory group in each combination should contain DIMMs of the same capacity The area to install DIMMs 01 and 02 05 and 6 9 and 10 or 13 and 14 mus
77. open it For you Open cobe msoobe ja R Activate Windows Let s activate Windows This copy of Windo d with Microsoft before you can continue over the Internetis qui You don t need to give your name or other personal information when you activate Windows The following screen is displayed allation ID Installing the Operating System B 77 3 Process Windows activation according to the following message R Activate Windows Activate Windows by phone Just four steps and you re done SEAE Select your location Step2 Call a number below to Tall nun Toll number Step3 Pr Step 4 To continue click B 78 Installing the Operating System This page is intentionally left blank
78. press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative 8 10 Troubleshooting On screen error message Recommended action 0B95 BMC FRU device failure OB96 BMC SDR Repository failure 0B97 BMC SEL device failure 0B98 BMC RAM test error 0B99 BMC Fatal hardware error OBBO SMBIOS SROM data read error 0BB1 SMBIOS SROM data checksum bad 1 A Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU blade and then on Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command
79. service representative 8 8 Troubleshooting On screen error message Recommended action 0B83 BMC IBF or OBF check 1 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU failed blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 2 Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU blade and then on Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 3 Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade 4 Replace the CPU blade 5 If the same error persists contact your service representative OB8A BMC SEL area full 1 Run BIOS SETUP select Server Event Log Configuration Clear All Error Logs to clear the IPMI system event logs 2 If the same error persists contact your service representative Note You can make a backup copy of IPMI system event logs through the Off line Maintenance Utility before clearing the IPMI system event logs on BIOS SETUP OB8B BMC progress check 1 Take one of the following measures to reboo
80. several parameters on the wizard You can also save the parameters to a floppy disk as a parameters file 1 2 3 Turn the power of peripheral device on and then turn on the server Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the optical disk drive of the server Press the RESET switch or press Ctrl Alt and Delete to reboot from the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER You may also turn off and then on again to reboot the server The system will boot from the DVD and NEC EXPRESSBUILDER starts Select Os installation default from the Boot selection menu If you do not hit any key Os installation is selected automatically The Top menu will appear Select Perform the Express setup from the Top Menu click Next NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Ce Step a k gt g system Exit EXPRESSBUILDER Version 5 XX XXX XX XXX 5 10 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 5 Load parameters steps are displayed NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Cc OO Enter RAID setting I gt Top menu Load Select OS Step Je gt l gt Version 5 XX XXX XXCXKX Do not load parameters 1 Select Do not load parameters 2 Click Next NOTE If a floppy disk drive is not connected select this item Load parameters 1 Insert the floppy disk containing the parameters file 2 Select Load parameters enter the file path of the parameters file into the text box 3 Click Next
81. size is to be written to a separate disk If the disk does not have enough free space to enable the dump file size to be written then after installing the system using the Size required for installation Paging file size install an additional new disk Installing the Service Pack When installing Windows Server 2003 R2 it is not necessary to install the Service Pack 1 5 8 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup FLOW OF SETUP This section visually describes the flow of the setup operated by Express Setup EXPRESSBUILDER hear Loading parameters Step 2 Skip Next Select the operating system Step 3 Next RAID configuration Step 4 LI Next v Windows Confirm Setting Input Steps 5 to 10 Next Save parameters Step 11 Next Start Express Setup Step 12 Perform RAID Configuration Create the OS partition format pg Copying Windows driver Remove the Floppy Disk and CD DVD ROM from the Drive Copying Selected Application Insert Windows CD ROM Agree Software License Agreement Install OS Automatically Log on Automatically The installation is completed Process that needs to input or select Process that proceeds automatically Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 5 9 INSTALLING THE WINDOWS SERVER 2003 Express Setup proceeds the setup by selecting or inputting
82. starts checking the memory The count message of the basic and expansion memory appears on the screen of the display unit if connected The memory check may takes a few minutes to complete depending on the memory size of the CPU blade Also it may take approximately one minute for the screen display to appear after rebooting the CPU blade Some messages appear upon completion of the memory check These messages appear to indicate that the system has detected the CPU and other devices installed After a few seconds POST displays the following message prompting you to launch the BIOS setup utility SETUP stored in the system memory of the CPU blade This message appears at bottom left on the screen Pattern 1 Press lt F2 gt to enter SETUP Pattern 2 Press lt F2 gt to enter SETUP or lt F12 gt to Network Pattern 3 Press lt F1 gt to resume lt F2 gt to enter Setup lt F12 gt to Network The message depending on the status of CPU blade 2 18 General Description Launch the BIOS SETUP utility when you need to change the settings to meet the requirements for the CPU blade As long as the above message is not displayed with an error message you don t have to launch the utility Ignore the message POST will automatically proceed To launch the SETUP utility press F2 while the above message is displayed See Chapter 4 for setup and parameters The CPU blade automatically restarts POST all over again when you e
83. termination of SETUP Selecting Save Changes causes the confirmation screen to appear Select Yes to save the newly selected information to CMOS non volatile memory Configuring Your Server 4 29 RAID SYSTEM CONFIGURATION This section describes how to use the internal hard disk drives as RAID System by Onboard RAID Controller MegaRAID ROMB About the optional RAID Controller refer to the documents provided with optional RAID Controller RAID Overview of RAID System What is RAID Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks RAID is an abbreviation for Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks The RAID technology allows more than one hard disk drive HDD to be handled collectively In actual RAID can configure more than one HDDs as a single array disk group to operate the HDDs effectively This can bring higher performance than a single HDD of a large capacity The Onboard RAID Controller MegaRAID ROMB has a feature to divide a single disk group into several logical drives virtual disks Operating system recognizes these virtual disks as if it were a single hard disk drive Operating system accesses to more than one hard disk drive configuring a disk group in parallel Some RAID levels can recover data from remaining data and parity by using rebuild feature if an error occurs in a single HDD This can provide high reliability for the system 4 30 Configuring Your Server RAID Levels The record mode enabling the RA
84. the CPU blade 1 Check installation status of the failed CPU 2 Check installation status of heat sink on the failed CPU 3 Replace the failed CPU Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 35 On screen Description message Recommended action FSB VTT Alm09 FSB VTT voltage alarm upper limit occurred FSB VTT Alm02 FSB VTT voltage alarm lower limit occurred B1 FBD VTT Alm09 DIMM VTT voltage alarm upper limit occurred B1 FBD VTT Alm02 DIMM VTT voltage alarm lower limit occurred B2 FBD VTT Alm09 DIMM VTT voltage alarm upper limit occurred B2 FBD VTT Alm02 DIMM VTT voltage alarm lower limit occurred B1 FBD VCC Alm09 DIMM VCC voltage alarm upper limit occurred B1 FBD VCC Alm02 DIMM VCC voltage alarm lower limit occurred B2 FBD VCC Alm09 B2 FBD VCC Alm02 DIMM VCC voltage alarm upper limit occurred DIMM VCC voltage alarm lower limit occurred B1 FBD VDD Alm09 DIMM VDD voltage alarm upper limit occurred B1 FBD VDD Alm02 DIMM VDD voltage alarm lower limit occurred B2 FBD VDD Alm09 DIMM VDD voltage alarm upper limit occurred B2 FBD VDD Alm02 DIMM VDD voltage alarm lower limit occurred BB 1 5v Alm09 1 5V voltage alarm upper limit occurred BB 1 5v Alm02 1 5V voltage alarm lower limit occurred BB
85. the CPU blade though you may continue use or run the system You may continue use or run the system 1 Check installation status of DIMMs in DIMM Group 2 4 6 or 8 2 Replace the DIMMs in failed DIMM Group 2 4 6 or 8 Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Relation of DIMM Group DIMM number Channel number DIMM Group number DIMM number Channel number 1 01 1 02 2 2 03 3 04 4 3 05 1 06 2 4 07 3 08 4 5 09 1 10 2 6 11 3 12 4 7 13 1 14 2 8 15 3 16 4 8 30 Troubleshooting Messages displayed on lower line When STATUS lamp is flashing in red On screen Description message Recommended action Proci IERR An error was detected in CPU 1 Proc2 IERR An error was detected in CPU 2 Proc3 IERR An error was detected in CPU 3 Proc4 IERR An error was detected in CPU 4 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaS
86. the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative 8 36 Troubleshooting On screen message Description Recommended action SB 1 2v Alm09 1 2V voltage alarm upper limit occurred on SAS unit SB 1 2v Alm02 1 2V voltage alarm lower limit occurred on SAS unit SB 1 35v Alm09 1 35V voltage alarm upper limit occurred on SAS unit SB 1 35v Alm02 1 35V voltage alarm lower limit occurred on SAS unit SB 1 5v Alm09 1 5V voltage alarm upper limit occurred on SAS unit SB 1 5v Alm02 1 5V voltage alarm lower limit occurred on SAS unit SB 1 8v Alm09 1 8V voltage alarm upper limit occurred on SAS unit SB 1 8v Alm02 1 8V voltage alarm lower limit occurred on SAS unit Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU
87. the data in the defected HDD The rebuild can be applied to redundant virtual disks in the RAID1 or RAIDS level Manual Rebuild The manual rebuild can be performed by using Universal RAID Utility or WebBIOS the management utility of the on board RAID controller MegaRAID ROMB Select a HDD and start the rebuild manually Auto Rebuild The on board RAID MegaRAID ROMB can automatically start the rebuild without use of any utility such as Universal RAID Utility The auto rebuild includes two types as follows m Standby rebuild Automatic rebuild by using hot spare disks In the configuration including hot spare disks the rebuild is performed automatically if a HDD assigned to a virtual disk is defected m Hot swap rebuild Automatic rebuild by hot swapping defected HDD Configuring Your Server 4 35 IMPORTANT Note the following for the rebuild The HDD used for rebuild should have the same capacity rotation speed and standard as the defected HDD During rebuild the processing rate is decreased due to much load During rebuild do not shutdown or reboot the server If the server is shutdown by an unforeseen accident such as power interruption turn on the power again as soon as possible The rebuild is automatically restarted The interval from the removal of the defected HDD to the installation of a substitute HDD should be 60 sec or longer If the hot swap rebuild does not operate perform the manual rebuild
88. the failed CPU 3 Replace the failed CPU Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative FSB VTT Alm07 FSB VTT voltage warning upper limit occurred FSB VTT Alm00 FSB VTT voltage warning lower limit occurred B1 FBD VTT Alm07 DIMM VTT voltage warning upper limit occurred B1 FBD VTT Alm00 DIMM VTT voltage warning lower limit occurred B2 FBD VTT Alm07 DIMM VTT voltage warning upper limit occurred B2 FBD VTT Alm00 DIMM VTT voltage warning lower limit occurred B1 FBD VCC Alm07 DIMM VCC voltage warning upper limit occurred B1 FBD VCC Alm00 DIMM VCC voltage warning lower limit occurred B2 FBD VCC Alm07 DIMM VCC voltage warning upper limit occurred B2 FBD VCC Alm00 DIMM VCC voltage warning lower limit occurred B1 FBD VDD Alm07 DIMM VDD voltage warning upper limit occurred B1 FBD VDD Alm00 DIMM VDD voltage warning lower limit occurred B2 FBD VDD Alm07 DIMM VDD voltage warning upper limit occurred B2 FBD VDD Alm00 DIMM VDD voltage warning lower limit occurred BB 1 5v Alm07 1 5V voltage warning upper limit occurred BB 1 5v Alm00 1 5V voltage warning lower limit occurred BB 3 3v Alm07 3 3V voltage warning upper limit occurred BB 3 3v Alm00 3 3V voltage warning lower limit occurred BB 5v Alm07 5V voltage
89. the failed one to a standby one to continue the processing To enable the online spare memory feature additionally install DIMMs according to procedures in Installation described earlier The feature requires 8 12 or 16 DIMMs of same capacity The running group and the standby group are determined according to the DIMM installation status The table below shows examples of DIMM installation patterns DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1GB 1GB 1GB 1GB 512MBx2 512MBx2 512MBx2 512MBx2 2GB 1GBx2 2GB 1GBx2 2GB 1GBx2 2GB 1GBx2 4GB 2GBx2 4GB 2GBx2 4GB 2GBx2 4GB 2GBx2 4GB 2GBx2 4GB 2GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 IMPORTANT To use the feature DIMMs must be installed according to the predefined condition If the installed DIMMs do not satisfy the condition a POST error will occur m Parameters in BIOS SETUP Run BIOS SETUP see Chapter 4 select Advanced Memory Configuration Online Spare Memory and change parameter to Enabled The factory set value for this parameter is Disabled m Others The memory capacity indicated by operating system is as follows Total physical capacity of memory installed Capacity of standby memory NOTE If the online spare
90. the power off Remove a CPU blade after turning off the power of the CPU blade Turn on the power of each CPU blade by the use of the POWER switch or the remote power on after the period of 30 seconds or longer has passed from the supply of AC power the POWER lamp of the CPU blade goes on amber to every power unit The power of the CPU blade may not be turned on if the power on operation is done within the period of less than 30 seconds from the supply of AC power After making sure that the AC power is supplied to every power unit turn on the power of each CPU blade by using the POWER switch 1 6 Notes on Using Your Server The CPU blade contains precision component that is easily affected by drastic temperature change If the CPU blade is used after storage or relocation make sure that the CPU blade is fully adapted to the operating environment Do not perform any of the following operation during POST including similar operations from EM card and external applications O Press the POWER switch of the CPU blade O Press the RESET switch of the CPU blade O Remove the CPU blade from the Blade Enclosure O Disconnect the power cord from the power unit of the Blade Enclosure m Hard disk drive The hard disk drive to be used should be NEC specified options for blade server m Optional memory processor hard disk drive mezzanine card and other electronic components These components are extremely sensitive to static electr
91. to the CPU blade Press Ctrl Alt Delete to reset the system After a bootable operating system has been installed on the hard disk drive press Enter while the message Press any key to boot from CD is displayed at the top of the screen If no bootable operating system exists on the hard disk drive this step is unnecessary The Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions setup screen will appear If the screen is not displayed Enter was not pressed properly Begin after turning on the system power again Press F6 in a few seconds when the window is in either of the following states Setup is inspecting your computer s hardware configuration or Press F6 if you need to install a third party SCSI or RAID driver is displayed A screen with a solid blue background is displayed IMPORTANT There is no visible indication on screen when F6 has been pressed When the following message is displayed press S Setup could not determine the type of one or more mass storage devices installed in your system or you have chosen to manually specify an adapter Currently Setup will load support for the following mass storage devices The following message appears Please insert the disk labeled manufacturer supplied hardware support disk into Drive A Press ENTER when ready Insert Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER into the floppy disk drive and press Enter A list of t
92. two procedures A 0O D A m Create from the menu which appears when running NEC Express5800 Server with NEC EXPRESSBUILDER If you have only NEC Express5800 Server to create Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER use this procedure If Windows Server 2003 can be operated on NEC Express5800 Server you can use the other procedure described later Follow the steps below Prepare one 3 5 inch floppy disk Turn on your NEC Express5800 Server Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the optical disk drive of the server Press the RESET switch or press Ctrl Alt and Delete to reboot the server You may also turn off and then on again to reboot the server The system will boot from the DVD ROM and NEC EXPRESSBUILDER starts Select Create the OEM Disk for Windows from Tools Menu step Select Create an Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER at Create OEM Disk and click Perform Insert a floppy disk into the floppy disk drive according to the instruction on the screen Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER will be created Write protect and attach a label then keep it safely Installing the Operating System B 9 m Create from Autorun Menu This menu requires Microsoft Windows XP Vista or Windows Server 2003 or later You can create Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER from Autorun Menu if you have the computer on which the ab
93. users and administrators who have a thorough knowledge of the recovery console For more information refer to Online Help 8 62 Troubleshooting MAINTENANCE TOOLS The Maintenance Tools is a tool of this product prevention to maintain and to analyze the trouble Starting Maintenance Tools The Maintenance Tools is started according to the following procedure 1 Turn on peripheral devices and the server in this order 2 Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD supplied with your server into the optical disk drive of your server 3 Press Ctrl Alt and Delete to reboot the server from the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER You may also turn off and then on again to reboot the server System boots up displaying Boot selection menu Boot selection Automatic select at 18 seconds IMPORTANT An initial selection of the menu is Os installation Os installation starts by the automatic after the Boot selection menu is displayed 4 When a local console is used Tool menu Normal mode is selected Moreover Tool menu Redirection mode is selected when using it with remote console Select language which you want to use by the cursor key Troubleshooting 8 63 IMPORTANT An initial selection of the menu is Japanese Japanese starts by the automatic operation when the operation is not done for five seconds after the Language Selection menu is displayed 5 English is selected The tool menu is dis
94. virtual LCD when the STATUS lamp is flashing in amber or red You can use the virtual LCD through the Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE engine BMC or NEC DianaScope Manager The following tables list indications of the STATUS lamp and virtual LCD descriptions and actions to take If an error occurs contact your service representative NOTE If the CPU blade has the NEC ESMPRO installed you can view the System Event Log SEL to identify the cause of a trouble STATUS lamp indications STATUS lamg Description Action Status Color On Green The CPU blade is operating normally Off The power is turned off Turn on the power On Red BMC is being initialized 1 Wait until the lamp goes off 2 If the lamp still goes on check installation of the CPU blade Flash Red See the table Virtual LCD indications when STATUS lamp is flashing in red described in Chapter 8 Flash Amber See the table Virtual LCD indications when STATUS lamp is flashing in amber described in Chapter 8 NOTE If the CPU blade is powered off while the STATUS lamp is flashing in amber or red the indication of the STATUS lamp is retained except for certain factors When the CPU blade is powered on the STATUS lamp goes on green normal status General Description 2 13 LAN 1 4 Link Access Lamps The lamp goes on when LAN port is connected to the network The lamp flashes when data is being tra
95. warning upper limit occurred BB 5v Alm00 5V voltage warning lower limit occurred BB 1 2vs Alm07 1 2VS voltage warning upper limit occurred BB 1 2vs Alm00 1 2VS voltage warning lower limit occurred BB 1 25vs Alm07 1 25VS voltage warning upper limit occurred BB 1 25vs Alm00 1 25VS voltage warning lower limit occurred BB 1 5vs Alm07 1 5VS voltage warning upper limit occurred 8 40 Troubleshooting On screen message Description Recommended action BB 1 5vs Alm00 1 5VS voltage warning lower limit occurred BB 3 3vs Alm07 3 3VS voltage warning upper limit occurred BB 3 3vs Alm00 3 3VS voltage warning lower limit occurred BB 5vs Alm07 5VS voltage warning upper limit occurred BB 5vs Alm00 5VS voltage warning lower limit occurred BB 12vs Alm07 12VS voltage warning upper limit occurred BB 12vs Alm00O 12VS voltage warning lower limit occurred Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of
96. with any electronic components on the CPU blade Open the levers at both ends of the DIMM socket to be removed The lock is released to allow you to remove the DIMM Repeat steps to remove another DIMM Install a new DIMM Install the components having been removed Turn on the power of the CPU blade Make sure that no error message appears in POST If an error message appears write down the message and see the error message list in Chapter 8 Run SETUP select Advanced Memory Configuration Memory Retest Yes and restart the CPU blade to clear the error information of the removed DIMM see Chapter 4 Set Advanced Reset Configuration Data in the Advanced menu to Yes This is required to update the hardware configuration information See Chapter 4 for details Set the paging file size to a value larger than the recommended value installed memory 1 5 for Windows 9 20 Upgrading Your Server Online Spare Memory The CPU blade supports the online spare memory feature To use this feature install the standby DIMMs as spare then select the supported feature from the BIOS SETUP m To enable the online spare memory feature The online spare memory feature puts a memory group into standby status as spare memory If an unrecoverable error occurs in a DIMM of the running group the feature automatically copies the contents of the DIMM to the standby one and changes the running group from
97. x86 Edition gt Select Run from the Start menu enter DVD ROM drive name on TS client 002 win winnt ws2008 update vbs on the Open box and click OK Then advance the processing depending on the messages appearing on the TS client screen If the following screen appears click Close IMPORTANT Perform the re connection to the CPU blade after about five minutes have passed While the system update is applied the terminal service connection is automatically disconnected and the CPU blade is restarted Installing the Operating System B 65 Update from TS Client Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions NOTE Configure the setting for remote desktop for management referring to the section of Remote desktop for management before starting the setup Perform Updating the System and application of the Hotfix for Windows x64 KB921411 Application process of the Hotfix for Windows x64 KB921411 Apply the Hotfix for Windows x64 KB921411 before execute Updating the System 1 Log on to the system by the account with administrator authority to TS client such as administrator 2 Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the USB DVD ROM drive of the TS Client If the menu appears on the TS client screen terminate the menu 3 Click Start menu and Run and then execute the following command lt DVD ROM Drive Letter gt 002 win winnt w2k3amd qfe enu kb921411 exe 4 When the following message is displaye
98. you to install the Operating system click Nexe e NEC EXPRE o button and System or to build a RAID sub system select Perform the Express setup EXPRESSBUILDER select Exit EXPRESSBUILDER Perform the Express setup C Create the OEM Disk for Windows Load the optional driver into the EXPRESSBUILDER Exit EXPRESSBUILDER Version 5 XX XXX XX XXX IMPORTANT m This tool is Configuration Tool that built on Windows PE 2 0 technology Pay attention to the automatic reboot that occurs after 72 hours from start m The configuration with Windows PE 2 0 supports Windows Server 2003 32bit and Windows Vista Business 32 bit x86 but the other operation is not supported You can use the Express Setup see Chapter 5 or the following functions from this menu Create the OEM Disk You can create the Windows OEM Disk to use at the Windows manual setup Load the driver This function is not usually used If you add the new device to the server this function may use See Chapter 5 6 4 Installing and Using Utilities m Tool menu Normal Mode If you select this item the Tool menu appears TOOL MENU tenance Utility W Updating artup FD Te and diagnostics System Management Retucn to previous These utilities are for maintenance and configuration M E ee System information is displayed managed and set ih Maintenance Utility m BIOS and various firmwares are
99. 03 lt DVD ROM drive Letter gt 002 win winnt dotnet video install bat 4 Follow the message to continue the installation If the dialog message Digital Signature could not been found appears select Yes to continue 5 Remove the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD from the DVD ROM drive follow the direction on the screen and restart the system Fibre Channel Controller Driver If you utilize Fibre Channel Controller N8403 018 update your system with NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD attached to your system The Fibre Channel Controller driver will be installed automatically NOTE This procedure are common to Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions and Windows Server 2003 Installing the Operating System B 33 Optional Network Board Driver If you want to utilize optional Network Board N8403 017 020 install the driver stored in NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD In case of utilizing N8403 017 020 for Windows Server 2008 64 bit x64 Edition Windows Server 2008 32 bit x86 Edition LAN drivers and PROSet are installed automatically by the System Update In case of utilizing N8403 017 020 for Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions DVD ROM Drive Letter 002 win WINNT W2K3AMD DL3 PRO1000 WINX64 In case of utilizing N8403 017 020 for Windows Server 2003 DVD ROM Drive Letter 002 win WINNT DOTNET DL3 PRO1000 WIN32 If the procedure of installation is not clear refer to the installation procedure described in the section Installation of the
100. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Status Status Status Status Status Status Status Status ty aj See the table below for the items Select Item Select Menu PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility error status Change Values FO Enter Select gt Sub Menu Clears the memory Item Specific Help Setup Defaults F10 Save and Exit Option Parameter Description Your Setting Memory Size Indicates the total capacity of installed memory View only DIMM Group 1 Normal Indicates the current memory status 8 Status Disabled Normal indicates that the memory Not installed devices operate normally Disabled indicates that one or more memory devices are defected View only See Chapter 9 for details of DIMM Group Memory Retest No Set to Yes to clear the error information Yes on the memory and perform retest The parameter is changed to No after the system is booted Extended RAM 1MB 1MB indicates that the memory test is Step 1KB done in the unit of 1MB 1KB indicates Every Location that the memory test is done in the unit of Disabled 1KB Every location indicates that every memory device is tested Disabled indicates that only memory initialization is done Online Spare Disabled Set to Enabled to enable the online Memory Enabled spare memory feature See Chapter 9 Memory RAS Normal Set to Mirror to enable the memory Feature Mirror mirroring feature See
101. 2003 without using Express Setup Text Conventions The following conventions are used throughout this User s Guide For safety symbols see SAFETY INDICATIONS provided earlier IMPORTANT Items that are mandatory or require attention when using the server NOTE Helpful and convenient piece of information IN THE PACKAGE The carton contains various accessories as well as the server itself See the packing list to make sure that you have everything and that individual components are not damaged If you find any component missing or damaged contact your service representative m Store the provided accessories in a designated place for your convenience You will need them to install an optional device or troubleshoot the server as well as to set it up m Make a backup copy of each provided floppy disk if any Store the original disk as the master disk in a designated place and use its copy m Improper use of any provided floppy disk or DVD CD ROM may alter your system environment If you find anything unclear immediately ask your service representative for help CONTENTS Preface 2 2 EE AE IEEE EE Bact eae Schecter E E i About his Users Guidea E RE OE E E E NE A S R O E O E ii Inthe Pack ag A SAE S EE E EE S EES EEE E EEE iii Chapter 1 Notes on Using Your Server ssssusssenuunreunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nna 1 1 SEU DA NOLES PE EARE A A E E AEE AE 1 2 For Proper O pea O a E e e A soc ee T E ete aut
102. 3 3v Alm09 BB 3 3v Alm02 3 3V voltage alarm upper limit occurred 3 3V voltage alarm lower limit occurred BB 5v Alm09 5V voltage alarm upper limit occurred BB 5v Alm02 5V voltage alarm lower limit occurred BB 1 2vs Alm09 1 2VS voltage alarm upper limit occurred BB 1 2vs Alm02 1 2VS voltage alarm lower limit occurred BB 1 25vs Alm09 1 25VS voltage alarm upper limit occurred BB 1 25vs Alm02 1 25VS voltage alarm lower limit occurred BB 1 5vs Alm09 1 5VS voltage alarm upper limit occurred BB 1 5vs Alm02 1 5VS voltage alarm lower limit occurred BB 3 3vs Alm09 3 3VS voltage alarm upper limit occurred BB 3 3vs Alm02 3 3VS voltage alarm lower limit occurred BB 5vs Alm09 5VS voltage alarm upper limit occurred BB 5vs Alm02 5VS voltage alarm lower limit occurred BB 12vs Alm09 12VS voltage alarm upper limit occurred BB 12vs Alm02 12VS voltage alarm lower limit occurred Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take
103. 7 DIMM Group 8 9 16 Upgrading Your Server Installation Install the DIMM on the CPU blade according to the following procedure 1 After the shutdown processing for the CPU blade to be removed turn off the power of the CPU blade 2 Take out the CPU blade from the Blade Enclosure Refer to the User s Guide of the Blade Enclosure Place the CPU blade on anti static sheet with little dust Remove the five screws fixing the top cover 5 Firmly hold the cover move it slightly toward the rear of the blade then lift the cover to remove it from the CPU blade IMPORTANT Handle the cover carefully so as not to make it contact with any electronic components on the CPU blade Upgrading Your Server 9 17 6 Open the levers at both ends of the DIMM socket 7 Push the DIMM into the socket straight QR KE Key slot Key 10 11 12 IMPORTANT Use extreme care when installing a DIMM Applying too much pressure can damage the socket NOTE Make sure of the orientation of the DIMM The connecting side of the DIMM has a cut out key slot to prevent an incorrect insertion If the DIMM is inserted into the DIMM socket the levers are automatically closed Close the lever firmly Install the DIMMs in another DIMM socket according to steps 6 through 8 Install the components having been removed Make sure that no error message appea
104. AN PME Enabled feature through the device connected to the standard network card is enabled or disabled To use Wake On LAN feature set the link speed and duplex to Auto Wake On Ring Disabled Specify whether the remote power on Enabled feature through a serial port modem is enabled or disabled Wake On RTC Disabled Specify whether the remote power on Alarm Enabled feature by using RTC alarm is enabled or disabled Intel R OAT Disabled Specify whether the I O acceleration Enabled technology of Intel is enabled or disabled Factory set NOTE The Wake On LAN PME feature is available only on LAN ports 1 through 3 Use of Wake On LAN PME feature on LAN port 4 or any other option cards is not supported Security Move the cursor onto Security to display the Security menu Advanced User Password Is Supervisor Password Is Set User Password Set Supervisor Password Password on boot Secure Mode Timer Hot Key CTRL ALT Secure Mode Boot Power Switch Inhibit Security Set Center Disabled Disabled EL CDisabled CDisabled Server Configuring Your Server 4 19 Boot Item Specific Help User Password controls access to the system at boot These items are displayed only when User Password has been set Select Set Supervisor Password or Set User Password and press Enter to display the pop up screen Note that User password setup
105. AN cables from the switch module Power on the CPU blade Use the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD to start the system Select Tool menu Normal mode when local console of the CPU blade is used for or select Tool menu Redirection mode when remote console is used for NOTE If the system displays the Language selection menu select English 7 4 Maintenance 6 Select Test and diagnostics Select End User Mode and the system diagnostics starts The diagnostics will be completed in approximately three minutes When the diagnostics is completed the screen of the display changes as shown below Diagnostics tool title Test window title TeDoLi TEst amp Diagnosis On Linux Ver001 00 20901 1 1m Test En Test result Start 10 06 58 End 10 09 58 Pass 000 03 00 TestTime 000 03 00 Test End NormalEnd 03 AbnormalEnd 00 ForceEnd 00 lt System gt 16 count NormalEnd CACHE Cache 49 count NormalEnd lt SCSI gt HDD_02 000 DK32DJ 36W 89 count NormalEnd Enter Detail Information ESC Return to Enduser Menu Guide line Test summary window Diagnostics tool title Shows the name and version of the diagnostic tool Test window title Shows the progress of the diagnostics Test End is displayed when the diagnostics completes Test result Shows the start end and elapsed time and completion status of the diagnostics Guide line Shows the details of the keys to operate window Test s
106. B or more m Incase the mounted memory size exceeds 2GB due to the added memory change the write debugging information to Kernel Memory Dump before adding memory The size of debugging information memory dump to be taken also changes due to adding memory Verify the size of the empty space in the debugging information memory dump write destination drive 4 Specify Complete memory dump and modify Dump file in the Write debugging information group box e g Write the debug information in D drive write the file name MEMORY DMP D MEMORY DMP B 48 Installing the Operating System 5 Click Settings on the Performance group box The Performance Options window appears Click Advanced tab on the Performance Options window Click Change on the Virtual memory group box Modify Initial Size in the Paging file size for selected drive box to the value larger than the value of Recommended in the Total paging file size for all drives and click Set IMPORTANT m The above mentioned paging file size is recommended for collecting debug information memory dump The paging file with initial size large enough to store the dump file in the boot drive is required Correct debug information might not be able to be collected due to virtual memory shortage when the paging file is insufficient so set an enough size of the paging file with the entire system m For more information on Recommended value s
107. B Sopra 2 Select 1 3 newly connected HDD in Physical Drives 3 The properties for Physical Drive is displayed 4 76 Configuring Your Server 4 Select Make Global HSP or Make Dedicated HSP on the lower right of the screen and then click Go on the lower center of the screen Global HSP Indicates the Hot Spare available for all DGs Dedicated HSP Indicates the Hot Spare available only for the specific DG You need to specify the target DG bezaR l D BIOS Configure at ion Utility Physical Dr ive 3 LSI Alem of a ue Revision bedia Errors Pred Fail Count KRWI Physical Dr ive State UNCONF GOOD KAXA MB NOTE Do not check Enclosure Affinity which defines the hot spare to the specific enclosure This setting is not supported in the system Configuring Your Server 4 77 5 The status for the newly connected HDD changes to HOTSPARE 6 Click Home at the lower left of the screen to go back to WebBIOS Top Menu bezaRAl D BIOS Configure at ion Utility Physical Dr ive 3 ale ale flo 2 LSIC lt Revision bedia Errors Pred Fail Count SAS Address Physical Drive State 4 78 Configuring Your Server Reconstruction Described below are procedures based on assumption Add a HDD to a RAIDS virtual disk configured with three HDDs to make a RAIDS virtual disk configured with four HDDs 1 2 Start WebBIOS Make sure that the status for the added HDD is
108. BIOS configuration correct Run the BIOS SETUP utility to change the boot order see Chapter 4 lt Menus to check Boot gt Q Isa floppy disk in the floppy disk drive Take out the floppy disk and restart the CPU blade Q Is the OS broken Use recovery process to recover the system The event log appears at every startup after additional installation of CPU The different revision processor may be mixed in optional CPU When Windows is used following message may appear in the System Log of the Event Viewer after installing the different revision of two or more CPUs in the CPU blade If this message is logged it is no problem for operation Event Date 7 3 2001 Soues Appication Popup Time 1338 Categay None Type Information Event ID 41 User N A Ta Computer SERVER 1 2 Description The CPUs in this multiprocessor system are not all the same revision level To use all processors the operating system restricts tsel to the features of the least capable processor in the system Should problems occur with this system contact the CPU manufacturer to see if this mik of processors is supporter Data Bytes Words 0o00 oo oo oo oo 01 oo aa oo 0008 00 00 00 00 29 OO OO 40 wi 0010 OZ 00 00 00 Z9 00 00 40 0018 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Dozo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A message Floppy disk is not ready appears even the floppy disk has been inserted in the external USB flo
109. C EXPRESSBUILDER EXPRESSBUILDER This menu is used to m Read the User s Guide or the other documents m Update the server system Windows drivers and m Install the management software NOTES m This menu requires Microsoft Windows XP Vista or Windows Server 2003 or later m This menu is not available for Microsoft Windows 2008 Server Core environment m Some documents are provided in PDF format Use the Adobe Reader to view or print these documents If the menu does not appear select My computer by using the Explorer and double click the icon of the DVD drive that contains the EXPRESSBUILDER DVD Some menu items are grayed out when the logon user does not have the authority of the administrator or the menu item is not available for your system To use the menu m Click on the menu items or m Click the right mouse button on the menu window Installing and Using Utilities 6 7 PARAMETER FILE CREATOR Parameter File Creator is a tool to create Parameter file that is used for configuring the server with the Express Setup see Chapter 5 for details If you use the Parameter file created by the Express Setup and Parameter File Creator to operate the setup you can setup from the installation of OS to several utilities automatically except for a few key input to confirm the specification Also you can install the system with the same specification as before when re installing the system We recom
110. Configuring Your Server This chapter describes Basic Input Output System BIOS configuration When you install the blade server for the first time or install remove optional devices thoroughly read this chapter for better understanding and correct setups SYSTEM BIOS SETUP The SETUP utility is provided to make basic hardware configuration for the CPU blade This utility is pre installed in the flash memory of the CPU blade and ready to run The CPU blade is configured with the correct parameters using the SETUP utility and shipped in the best conditions Thus you don t need to use the SETUP utility in most cases However you might wish to use the SETUP utility in the cases described below IMPORTANT m The SETUP utility is intended for system administrator use only m The SETUP utility allows you to set a password The CPU blade is provided with two levels of password Supervisor and User With the Supervisor password you can view and change all system parameters of the SETUP utility With the User password system parameters available for viewing and changing are limited Do not set any password before installing the OS m The CPU blade contains the latest version of the SETUP utility Dialog boxes appear on your SETUP utility thus may differ from descriptions in this manual If you find anything unclear see the online help or ask your sales representative 4 2 Configuring Your Server Starting SETUP Utility
111. DT Timeout Watchdog timer timeout error occurred Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager If the same error persists contact your service representative 8 32 Troubleshooting On screen message Description Recommended action WDT Power Down The system is forcedly shutdown due to watchdog timer timeout error Take one of the following measures to power on the CPU blade Press the POWER switch to power on the CPU blade Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager If the same error persists contact your service representative SMI Timeout A timeout error occurred during system management interrupt Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS th
112. DVD ROM Drive Letter gt 002 win winnt dotnet qfe enu kb921411 exe When the Simplified Chinese version of Windows Server 2003 R2 is used lt DVD ROM Drive Letter gt 002 win winnt dotnet qfe chs kb921411 exe When the French version of Windows Server 2003 R2 is used lt DVD ROM Drive Letter gt 002 win winnt dotnet qfe fra kb92 141 1 exe When the following message is displayed click Next After that follow the message to continue the process Software Update Installation Wizard 1 xj Use this wizard to install the following software update gt Hotfix for Windows Server 2003 KB921411 Before you install this update we recommend that you Back up your system Close all open programs You might need to restart your computer after you complete this update To continue click Next Installing the Operating System B 69 5 When the following message is displayed make sure to click Finish to restart the system Software Update Installation Wizard Completing the Hotfix for Windows Server 2003 KB921411 Installation Wizard You have successfully completed the KB921411 Setup Wizard To apply the changes the wizard has to restart Windows To restart Windows automatically click Finish If you want to restart later select the Do not restart now check box and then click Finish With that application process of the Hotfix for Windows Server 2003 KB921411 is finished
113. Driver N8403 018 If you utilize Fibre Channel controller driver N8403 018 update your system with NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD attached to your system The Fibre Channel controller driver will be installed automatically B 28 Installing the Operating System REMOTE DESKTOP FOR MANAGEMENT This section describes the necessary setting of the Remote Desktop for Management to use Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions or Windows Server 2003 IMPORTANT The license for Sever Client Access with fee is not needed to use the Remote Desktop for Management The Remote Desktop for Management enables to have two connections or less simultaneously Windows Server 2008 Full Installation The setting process is as follows 1 Click Start Menu and point Control Panel and click System 2 Click Remote Setting 3 Check Allow connections from computers running any version of Remote Desktop in the Remote desktop section and click OK Server Core Installation Refer to the following technical information provided by Microsoft Corporation How to enable Remote Desktop on Windows 2008 Server Core NOTE Visit online support of Microsoft Corporation and obtain an information by entering a search keyword KB555964 Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions The setting process is as follows IMPORTANT Set password for the Administrator account in order to use the Remote Desktop for Management 1 Cl
114. ER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 1 Check installation status of failed DIMM Group 2 Replace the failed DIMM Group Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative 8 24 Troubleshooting On screen message Description Recommended action FSB 1 Unc Err An uncorrectable error occurred on internal or external bus of CPU 1 FSB 2 Unc Err An uncorrectable error occurred on internal or external bus of CPU 2 FSB 3 Unc Err An uncorrectable error occurred on internal or external bus of CPU 3 FSB 4 Unc Err An uncorrectable error occurred on internal or external bus of CPU 4 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 1 Check installation status of the failed CPU 2 Check installation status of heat sink on the failed CPU 3 Replace the failed CPU Repl
115. Enabling Alarm Control does not emit beep sound at occurrence of an error Configuring Your Server 4 47 How to change setting value On Adapter Properties screen change a parameter to desired value and then click Submit at the center of the screen to determine the new value The status of Battery Backup is indicated as Present Clicking Present opens the Battery Status screen as shown below WezaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Battery Module Battery Type iBBU Voltage KARAK mY Current x Temperature XX deg centigrade Status Gas Gauge Status 1 xxxxxxxxx Fully Charge Capacity remaining XES Design Charge Capacity remaining XX8 Expected margin of error 2x8 Capacity Info FullCharge Capacity XXXmAh Remaining Capacity XXXmAh Design Info Mfg Name LSI CORP Mfg Date HAM DDSYYYY Serial No KKRA Design Capacity 790mAh Design Yoltage 3700m Device Name 2970700 Device Chemistry LION Properties Auto Learn Period days 30 Next Learn Time 24 24 8248 WWZ WN WW Learn Delay Interval hrs 0 Auto Learn Mode Disabled IMPORTANT You cannot change values for Auto Learn Period Next Learn Time and Learn Delay Interval NOTES m Status field shows Charging when the battery is in charged status It shows Discharging when the battery is in discharged status m When powering on the server after replaced the battery the Status may not immediately change to Charging
116. ID feature includes several levels Among the levels the Onboard RAID Controller MegaRAID ROMB supports RAID levels 0 1 and 5 The number of hard disk drives required to create a disk group varies depending on the RAID level as shown in the table below RAID level Number of required HDDs Min Max RAID 0 1 4 RAID 1 2 2 RAID 5 3 4 NOTE For details of the RAID levels see RAID Levels described later in this chapter Disk Group A disk group is configured with more than one HDDs The allowable number of disk groups is equal to the number of HDDs The figure below shows a sample configuration The three HDDs are connected to the Onboard RAID Controller MegaRAID ROMB creating one disk group DG RAID Controller Disk Group 0 108 GB Configuring Your Server 4 31 Virtual Disk Virtual disk is a logical drive defined in disk group It is recognized as a physical drive by OS The allowable number of virtual disks is up to 16 per disk group or up to 64 per controller The figure below shows a sample configuration in which the Onboard RAID Controller MegaRAID ROMB is connected with three HDDs creating one Disk Group Two RAIDS virtual disks VD are defined in the Disk Group RAID Controller CO a a SL DGO 108 GB 7 VDO RAID5 40 GB VD1 RAID5 32 GB Parity The parity means redundant data A single set of redundant data is created from the data saved in more than o
117. IMPORTANT Make sure to avoid any conflict in the interrupt requests or the base I O addresses If an assigned value is already used by another resource it appears in yellow Any yellow value must be re assigned Option Parameter Description Your Setting Serial Port B Disabled Specify whether serial port B is Enabled enabled or disabled Base I O Address IRQ 3F8h Specify the base I O address for 2F8h serial port B 3E8h 2E8h Interrupt IRQ 3 Specify the interrupt for a serial IRQ 4 port B Factory set 4 18 Configuring Your Server Advanced Chipset Control The following screen appears if you select Advanced Chipset Control on the Advanced menu Selecting a menu item preceded by symbol gt and pressing Enter allows the appropriate submenu to appear PhoenixBI0S Setup Utility Advanced Chipset Control Item Specific Help Multimedia Timer Enabled Enable Disable Multimedia Timer HPET Wake On LAN PME Enabled Wake On Ring Disabled Wake On RTC Alarm Disabled Intel R I 0 AT CEnabled F1 Help t select Item Change Values F9 Setup Defaults Ese Exit Select Menu Enter Select Sub Menu F10 Save and Exit See the table below for the items Option Parameter Description Your Setting Multimedia Timer Disabled Specify whether the timer supporting a Enabled multimedia is enabled or disabled Wake On Disabled Specify whether the remote power on L
118. IOS Configuration Utility Yirtval Disk X ajaj O12 Properties RAID Level X State Optimal Size XXXXXX WB Strip Size XX KB Pol icies Disk W ite Wack F Disable Cache Use wethru for failure or missing battery Disable vise eo 17o Change doeratiags Del Locate Fast Init Slow Init icc Go ISIS Remove physical d ive 0 1 0 WB O21 i We nnn Ml Migr ation only RAID 6 M Migr ation with addition CEE 0 1 4 3 0 1 5 X Y Le Reset W Go Configuring Your Server 4 71 Operation of Various Features Check Consistency Start WebBIOS 2 Click Virtual Disks on WebBIOS Top Menu 3 Select a VD to perform Check Consistency from the upper right frame of Virtual Disks screen 4 Click the checkmark column for Check Consistency from the lower right frame of Virtual Disks screen 5 Make sure that Check Consistency is checked and click Go MegaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Virtual Disks 7 VB X RAID X OXXX MB Optimal Fast Initialize Slow Initialize Check Consistency Properties Set Boot Drive Current 0 4 72 Configuring Your Server 6 The progress of Check Consistency is displayed on the left frame of Virtual Disks screen 7 Click Home at the lower left of Virtual Disks screen to return to the Top Menu MegaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Virtua Disks Operahan VD X RAID X XXX MB Optim al Chect Cansklency Progress F as
119. IOS neneangan RRR waa Et 4 39 Using WebBIOS sarena ARH AR od beset s RH RAG Rao Gham aniinm ns 4 4 Configuring Virtual Diska 5 26 an wad ax ds 24 kWhGe wa watietan Gh an A ERS 4 54 Operation of Various Features cccccescesesesecscecseeeseeeeeeseceecesecnsecesecaecaecseceaecaeceeeeeeneeaes 4 71 WebBIOS and Universal RAID Utility 0 0 ec ceccceccesecesecneeeseeeseeseeeeeceeceeeeaeensecnaeeneeeneeenes 4 81 Battery for On board RAID Controller MegaRAID ROMB cccescessceteeeeceeeeseesseeeeenes 4 84 Chapter 5 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 2 cccsssesseeee 5 1 About Express Setup ccciccsccticsseecescecevesiccheesceeecevesededeesdacut evid enn i n i i A e 5 2 Microsoft Windows Server 2003 00 essssscsssseceseeseesecseesecseeeeceaeceeesecaeeeeceecaeeseeeaeeeeeaecaeeaeeaeeerenee 5 3 Notes on Windows Installation cceeesescseseceseeseesecseesecneeeceaeeeeeeceaeeeesaecaeeeesneseeeeaeeeeeaeeates 5 3 Flow Of Setup s c sceiccsscceeceden egecececeet nnn ioi iea a ceuces debates den ER A R AA E EE 5 8 Installing the Windows Server 2003 ccccccceesesssesseceseceseceecesecaeceaecaeecaeecaeeeeeeeeeseseseeseeneeeeenaees 5 9 Installing and Setting Device Drivers ccecccescceseceseceseceecseeeseeeeeeseessecnsccnseeesecnseeaecseeeeeeneeses 5 18 PROS Ct oa RTS E cece ou ces cause T A A TH tes ties Na 5 18 Optional Network Board Driver ccccceecceescessceseceecesecssecseeeseeesseseceeesseeeseensee
120. Medium selection Windows family edition Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition X rc Keyboard layout Default z Time zone GMT 08 00 Pacific Time US and Canada Tijuana Windows system drive settings Use existing partitions only the 1st partition is formatted and its data is erased Create a new partition all of the data in the disk is erased Use disk space as lange as possible Specify the size of the system partition 12288 MB 5 304MB 2 097 144MB _ 1GB 1 024MB Default IMPORTANT m About partition size Specify the partition size larger than required minimum size for OS installation Do not specify larger partition size than the capacity of connected hard disk drive You can not specify the partition size larger than 2 097 152MB 2TB at RAID system m Ifyou select Create a new partition at Windows system drive settings the contents of the hard disk will be all deleted m If Use existing partitions is selected EXPRESSBUILDER installs the Operating System to the 1st partition 1st partition is deleted The data in the other partition is kept if the system has two or more partitions See the figure below First Second Third Partition Partition Partition Deleted Retained Retained m You can not re install the system with the existing partition that is upgraded to Dynamic Disk remained Do not select Use existing partitio
121. NEC NEC Express5800 BladeServer Series N8400 055AF 078F 079F NEC Express5800 B140a T User s Guide 1st Edition 9 2008 ONL 540_001_03 B140aT 100 99 0809 PROPRIETARY NOTICE AND LIABILITY DISCLAIMER The information disclosed in this document including all designs and related materials is the valuable property of NEC Corporation NEC and or its licensors NEC and or its licensors as appropriate reserve all patent copyright and other proprietary rights to this document including all design manufacturing reproduction use and sales rights thereto except to the extent said rights are expressly granted to others The NEC product s discussed in this document are warranted in accordance with the terms of the Warranty Statement accompanying each product However actual performance of each such product is dependent upon factors such as system configuration customer data and operator control Since implementation by customers of each product may vary the suitability of specific product configurations and applications must be determined by the customer and is not warranted by NEC To allow for design and specification improvements the information in this document is subject to change at any time without notice Reproduction of this document or portions thereof without prior written approval of NEC is prohibited First Printing September 2008 Copyright 2008 NEC Corporation 7 1 Shiba 5 Chome Minato Ku Tokyo 108 8001 Japan All
122. Optional Network Board Driver Installation of the Optional Network Board Driver When the system is Windows Server 2008 64 bit x64 Edition Windows Server 2008 32 bit x86 Edition LAN drivers and PROSet are installed automatically by the System Update B 34 Installing the Operating System When the system is Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions Windows Server 2003 1 2 Start Device Manager Click Network adapters and double click Network Adapter Name Network Adapter Name Properties appears NOTE Intel R PRO 1000 is the name of On Board adapter All other names show the Optional Network Board Click Driver tab and click Update Driver Hardware Update Wizard appears Select the Install from a list or specific location Advanced radio button and click Next Select the Search for the best driver in these locations radio button and check off the Search removable media floppy CD ROM check box Check the Include this location in the search check box and when using N8403 017 020 specify In case of utilizing N8403 017 020 for Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions DVD ROM Drive Letter 002 win WINNT W2K3AMD DL3 PRO1000 WINX64 In case of utilizing N8403 017 020 for Windows Server 2003 DVD ROM Drive Letter 002 win WINNT DOTNET DL3 PRO1000 WIN32 Then click Next Click Finish Installing the Operating System B 35 Setup of Adapter Fault Tolerance AFT Adap
123. Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU blade and then on Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU blade and then on Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then
124. Processor CPUID L2 Cache L3 Cache Processor Processor Processor CPUID L2 Cache L3 Cache Processor Processor Processor F1 Help te Ese EXIT oe See the table below for the items Select Item Select Menu HINO Select Yes BIOS will clear historical 2 40 GHz processor status and 106D1 3072 KB X3 12288 KB on next boot 106D1 3072 KB x3 12288 KB 106D1 3072 KB X3 12288 KB Change Values F9 Enter Select Sub Menu retest all processors Setup Defaults F10 Save and Exit Option Parameter Description Your Setting Processor Retest No Set to Yes to clear the error Yes information on the CPU and perform retest The parameter is changed to No after the system is booted Processor Speed Indicates the frequency of the CPU Setting Processor 1 CPUID Numeral A numeral indicates the ID of Disabled processor 1 Error Disabled or Error indicates that the Not installed processor is defected Not Installed indicates that the processor is not installed View only Processor 1 L2 Cache Indicates the 2nd cache of processor 1 View only Processor 1 L3 Cache Indicates the 3rd cache of processor 1 if exists View only Processor 2 CPUID Numeral A numeral indicates the ID of Disabled processor 2 Error Disabled or Error indicates that the Not installed processor is defected Not Installed indicates that the processor is n
125. Protocol Detail settings IT Network Monitor Tools p Networking Services Other Network File and Print Services J Simple TCPAP Services JT File Services for Macintosh I Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP T Print Services for Macintosh IT Domain Name System DNS I Print Services for Unix I Windows Internet Name Services WINS Default 13 Select the installing applications Select applications steps are displayed Confirm the parameters modify if necessary and then click Next Wi Parameter File Creator m oxi NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Enter Select Win Step domain dows c m account ponents Select an application to be installed The Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP setting is required to install the NEC ESMPRO Agent In case you are using a disk driver which is not inchaded in EXPRESSBUILDER select Apply OEM Disk for mass storage device List of applications Apply OEM Disk for mass storage device NEC ESMPRO Agent Universal RAID Utility Microsoft NET Framework Version 2 0 Redistributable Packa Microsoft Visual C 2005 SP1 Redistributable Package x86 Selected applications Default 6 16 Installing and Using Utilities 14 Save the parameters Save parameters steps are displayed Saisie NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Enter Select Win Select Je Step domain dows c ni applica parameters account ponents tions Select Save the p
126. REN 8 20 Lamps knnen E E EE ERA EEEO AEREE O RE EKE EEEE EERE EE 8 41 SOlvinig Prowlemas ae vee sted E S T E ES E E ES 8 42 CEI O ei eTa C ENE E E E E T A A E E E A ce tal 8 42 Problems with Windows sgiate n bate Ades ai ik a a a a a 8 49 Problems with NEC EXPRESSBUILDER eored eins 8 54 Problems with Express Setup 2 sdecgec evuseeeseseds Sueyset a a a ae a Esas 8 55 Problems with Parameter File Creator ccccccsccesscssseescesseeceeesceeeeeecnsceeseceseceaecnaeeeeeaeeeneesss 8 55 Problems with RAID System and RAID Controller ccccceccceeseescceseceseceseceseseeeeesseeneeenes 8 56 Collecting Event LOe RON E TEE baastcwdetets ops iecia aii hea Alo N 8 58 Collecting Configuration Information cccccccesccesecsseesceeseeseeeeecesecseceseceseceaecsaeeeecseeeaeeeaeeses 8 59 Collecting Dr Watson Diagnostic Information cccccsceesseesceesceseceeceseeeeceseeeseeeaeenaeeeecneeenes 8 60 Memory Dump rsitscetes coe a a a a tune ceedeudtagas sodas vate sous inscdans obo ieagta aaa 8 60 Recovery for Windows System ccccccccsccssecssecssecsseeseesseeseeetesseeeseceaecsaecaecaaecaeeaecaeceeeeeeneeess 8 61 Maintenance 1001S circ lt icc a depen Saltese ieee rant sone L E betas 8 62 Starting Maintenance Tools cccccesceseeesecseecseeeseceeeeeeceeeesecesecaeeaecaaecaeecaeeeaeeeneeeeeeereeeeees 8 62 Function of Maintenance Tools c ecccesccesecesececeeseeeseeseecseeeneeseceeeeeeceseeneeceeeceaecnaeceeeaeeenes
127. RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 2 Replace the CPU blade 3 If the same error persists contact your service representative 8180 Processor 1 Error You may continue to use or run the system however replace the 8181 Processor 2 Error failed component with new one 8182 Processor 3 Error 1 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU 8183 Processor 4 Error blade NOOR W Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU blade and then on Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Check installation status of failed CPU Check instatllation status of the heat sink on the failed CPU Replace the failed CPU Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 15 On screen error message Recommended action 81A0 Cache Cautionary status detected on Processor 1 81A1 Cache Cautionary status detected on Processor 2 81A2 Cache Cautionary status detected on Processor 3 81A3
128. Rights Reserved Printed in Japan Keep this User s Guide at hand for quick reference at anytime necessary SAFETY INDICATIONS Follow the instructions in this User s Guide for your safety to use the server The server contains components with possible danger hazards that may cause by ignoring warnings and preventive actions against such hazards Server components with possible danger are indicated with a warning label placed on or around them as well as described in this User s Guide In the User s Guide or warning labels WARNING or CAUTION is used to indicate a degree of danger These terms are defined as follows A WARNING Indicates the presence of a hazard that may result in death or serious personal injury if the instruction is ignored A CAUTION Indicates the presence of a hazard that may cause minor personal injury including burns or property damage if the instruction is ignored Precautions and notices against hazards are presented with one of the following three symbols The individual symbols are defined as follows This symbol indicates the presence of a hazard if the instruction is ignored An image in the symbol illustrates the hazard type Attention S This symbol indicates prohibited actions An image in the symbol illustrates a particular prohibited action Prohibited Action This symbol indicates mandatory actions An image in the symbol illustrates a mandatory action to avoid a p
129. TANT Do not turn off the server while the update program is running If the update processing is discontinued the system becomes unable to start ROM DOS startup FD Creates a support disk for starting the ROM DOS system m Test and diagnostics Execute various tests on the server system to check if the server functions are normal and if the connection between the server and additional board is normal After the Test and diagnostics is executed a system check program assigned to each model starts See Chapter 7 for details m System Management The parameters of BMC Baseboard Management Controller are set for remote control and alert This menu s function is the same as the System Management of the Maintenance Utility 8 66 Troubleshooting Maintenance Tools with Remote Console This subsection describes the procedures for using Maintenance Tools with remote console Maintenance Tools contains the remote console feature that allows the system administrator to set up the server from the management workstation management PC via the network or the server s COM B serial port IMPORTANT m Do not use this feature on any other computer than the server or on any other server obtained without the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Doing so may cause a failure of the server m Be sure to select Tool menu Redirection mode in Boot selection menu from the remote console Starting The following two methods are available
130. U blade and destination device and remove the power cord from the destination device before connecting disconnecting SUV cable or serial cable Failure to follow it may cause the devices to be defected due to the potential difference between them m Ifthe CPU blade is installed in the Blade Enclosure and you are going to install an OS in it use the SUV cable See the next page for connection Setting Up Your Server 3 7 USB Connection by K410 150 00 SUV Cable Connect the floppy disk drive DVD ROM drive keyboard and mouse according to the figure shown below The USB hub should have the self power specification if it is used Display unit USB External floppy disk drive Self powered USB hub External DVD ROM drive O 0 o y 0 4 TO A e X O O00 O 0 2525262 O OO Onn On OnO OCOC 02020202 80808080809 Ororo o 026 808 0 O O O 5262586 00000009 O O O OO On 0000000000000 1202020802020 GODORO SOOO O O O ti 3 8 Setting Up Your Server Network The CPU blade is connected with network via the Blade Enclosure Refer to the User s Guide of the Blade Enclosure for details Chapter 4
131. WebBIOS Universal RAID Utility level Rebuild Priority 80 to 100 High Rebuild Rate WebBIOS 31 to 79 Middle 0 to 30 Low Patrol Read Priority 80 to 100 High Patrol Read Rate WebBIOS 31 to 79 Middle 0 to 30 Low Consistency Check Priority 80 to 100 High Consistency Check Rate 31 to 79 Middle WebBIOS 0 to 30 Low Configuring Your Server 4 83 The setting level of Universal RAID Utility and the setting value Item Setting level of Universal RAID Utility Setting value Rebuild Priority High 90 Rebuild Rate WebBIOS Middle 50 Low 10 Patrol Read Priority High 90 Patrol Read Rate WebBIOS Middle 50 Low 10 Consistency Check Priority High 90 Consistency Check Rate Middle 50 WebBIOS Low 10 NOTES m WebBIOS can set BGI Rate Background Initialize Priority But Universal RAID Utility cannot set it Universal RAID Utility can set Initialization Priority But onboard RAID Controller does not have the function of the setting of Initialization Priority Therefore Universal RAID Utility doesn t display Initialization Priority in the property of RAID Controller Also it will fail that you change the Initialization Priority by raidcmd 4 84 Configuring Your Server Battery for On board RAID Controller MegaRAID ROMB This section describes the features operations of battery for on board RAID controller MegaRAID ROMB Features The on board RAID c
132. abled Enabled 3F8 IRQ 4 Enabled 2F8 IRQ 3 Serial Port B 19 2K CTS RTS PC ANSI 8 68 Troubleshooting RESETTING THE CPU BLADE This section describes how to reset the CPU blade when the CPU blade halts or when you want to restore the factory set BIOS configuration IMPORTANT Resetting the CPU blade clears the DIMM memory and the data in process To reset the CPU blade when it is not frozen make sure that no processing is in progress m Hardware reset Press the RESET switch on the CPU blade This restarts the CPU blade 30500 Se 8989305059505 388 Fa o oa oa nO 28882888E ar l 880 88 86 Began 0000000900090090 RESET switch m Software reset If the CPU blade halts before starting the OS press and hold Ctrl and Alt and press Delete This restarts the CPU blade FORCED SHUTDOWN Use this function when an OS command does not shut down the CPU blade the POWER switch does not turn off the CPU blade or resetting does not work Press and hold the POWER switch on the CPU blade for at least four seconds The power is forcibly turned off To turn on the power back again wait approximately 10 seconds after turning off the power O I0 z 0 see z2 RRE D I E R E RE ARES 20 n O n O n808080908 oO 30800080 oD LoL 1208080809030808 POWER switch IMPORTANT If the r
133. ace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative MEZ 1 Unc Err MEZ 2 Unc Err An uncorrectable error occurred on mezzanine card in mezzanine card slot 1 An uncorrectable error occurred on mezzanine card in mezzanine card slot 2 MEZ 3 Unc Err An uncorrectable error occurred on mezzanine card in mezzanine card slot 3 MEZ 4 Unc Err An uncorrectable error occurred on mezzanine card in mezzanine card slot 4 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 1 Check installation status of failed mezzanine card 2 Replace the failed mezzanine card Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 25 On screen Description message Recommended action SB Unc Err1 An uncorrectable error occurred on SAS unit SB Unc Err2 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Press the RESET switch Issue a command
134. ading Your Server 9 7 Installation Install the CPU in the following procedure 1 After the shutdown processing for the CPU blade to be removed turn off the power of the CPU blade 2 Take the CPU blade out from the Blade Enclosure Refer to the User s Guide of the Blade Enclosure Put the CPU blade on an anti static sheet with little dust Remove the five screws fixing the top cover 5 Firmly hold the cover move it slightly toward the rear of the blade then lift the cover to remove it from the CPU blade IMPORTANT Handle the cover carefully so as not to make it contact with any electronic components on the CPU blade 9 8 Upgrading Your Server 6 Disconnect the power cable signal cables 1 and 2 from the CPU unit Signal cable 2 Power cable Signal cable 1 CPU unit IMPORTANT To disconnect the signal cable 1 pull it straight up while pushing the unlocking tab as shown in the figure below t t odg XIE Lock 4 Z x p X fie 9 9 Upgrading Your Server 7 Remove the eight screws securing the SAS unit and remove the SAS unit Z 5 op lt L e9 8 Confirm the position of the CPU socket 9 Remove the dummy heat s
135. ae 1 5 Transfer to Thid Party a e a a a e a a e a S 1 7 Disposal and Consumables ccccsccesccesscesecesecscecseeeseeeseeeesseensecnsecaecsaeceaecaeecaeeeaeeeaeeeeeeerenetees 1 8 WSCE SUPPOLLianss nteresciarcesdestatacentencescesGancd eaten as Vena anteece A A E 1 9 Chapter 2 General Description ccccceceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaneeeeeeeeseneeeeneeees 2 1 OVELVICW sce sd ecee ste cetenc es essen diag oddest aden doce suc cud iee edd da eete alan ive tees senate ede a a iae 2 2 Standard Features seine ai eise n Toss oes eres oe Re ete vce aslas hack Waste Reseed a eo wee ca Uk eaten 2 3 P rt Names and Control seis veces ceheties SATs Site ves E E O sb SE A HAY 2 4 Front View seicvveecsees cho cachexia soit Be a oes wld tee ee E ee BO E EAE 2 4 Rear View sich hie Recdei es aa tees SL Sie Reset aes A ee E E EERE 2 6 Int rtial View cc aE cee Se eA RE ee A 2 7 Extermal View csce lt cies sa deeds Sav i ee tad ee 2 9 Hard Disk Dtive vccscis seek stake Sa aca shi ee Re a RE i 2 10 Lamp Indications nna ee eee te oa ee eR a R 2 11 Using Your Serveres 2 beck geceiee eRe han es See ede ABE A 2 14 Power on of Blade S rvets ccscik Re hae a o Rasheed wa ees SAA 2 14 POST aan heath Aastra aN Ee eS See eke RA eat ae deta eR hel Lees 2 16 Power olf of Blade Servers ponat Renan ashe re E aes Reed deer ae Rete 2 19 Device Identifica ons enie EE E E RR ed ects Hn A AAS 2 20 Chapter 3 Setting Up Your Server 0 ccccc
136. alidate the mirroring again after the installation You can create invalidate or delete the mirror volume by using Disk Management in Computer Management Mounting MO Device Do not mount an MO device on this computer during the Windows installation About Removable Media Do not set removable media such as DAT into the device mounted on this computer during the Windows installation Connecting Hard Disk Drive Do not connect the other hard disk drives except the drive that you want to create the Windows system drive If you create multiple logical drives in your system see Re installing the Operating system when multiple logical drive exist Appendix B Re installing to the hard disk drive which has been upgraded to Dynamic Disk You cannot re install Windows Server 2003 with the current partition of the hard disk drive upgraded to Dynamic Disk kept remained If you want to keep the current partition remained see Appendix B to re install the system 5 6 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup About the System Partition Size The system partition size can be calculated from the following formula Size necessary to install the system Paging File Size Dump File Size Application Size Size necessary to install the system 3500MB Windows Server 2003 R2 3500MB Windows Server 2003 R2 with Service Pack2 5300MB Windows Server 2003 R2 Service Pack2 CD ROM Paging File Size Recommended Mounted
137. and mouse may be disabled with the BIOS SETUP utility of the CPU blade Check the settings with the BIOS SETUP utility lt Menus to check Advanced Peripheral Configuration Advanced NumLock gt Did you install drivers for keyboard and mouse Refer to the manual that comes with your OS to check that the keyboard and mouse drivers are installed These drivers are installed along with the OS Some OS s allow you to change the keyboard and mouse settings Refer to manual that comes with your OS to check that the keyboard and mouse settings are correct Is the system used in the status that Windows Server 2003 and Linux are not started In the following states with the use of USB keyboard and USB floppy disk drive conduct key entries when the access lamp on the USB floppy disk drive is off or the floppy disk is not accessed Press F6 S and Enter in installation by using the Windows Setup Disk Start of ROM DOS Startup FD for command input Fail to access the hard disk drive m Is the hard disk drive applicable to the CPU blade Operation of any device that is not authorized by NEC is not guaranteed Is the hard disk drive properly installed Securely insert the drive carrier into the Blade Enclosure and lock it with the lever The hard disk drive is not connected to the internal connector when it is not completely installed 8 46 Troubleshooting Fail to start the OS 0 Is the
138. anine card Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 17 On screen error message Recommended action 8420 Onboard PCIE 1 Link Width Error 8421 Onboard PCIE 2 Link Width Error 8422 Onboard PCIE 3 Link Width Error 8423 Onboard PCIE 4 Link Width Error 8424 Onboard PCIE 5 Link Width Error 8430 Mezzanine Slot 1 PCIE 8431 Link Link Width Error Mezzanine Slot 2 PCIE Link Link Width Error 8432 Mezzanine Slot 3 PCIE Link Link Width Error 8433 Mezzanine Slot 4 PCIE Link Link Width Error This is not a fatal error The board needs not to be replaced immediately but its performance may be decreased You may continue to use or run the system 1 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 2 Replace the CPU blade 3 If the same error persists contact your service representative Note If the message 8423 Onboard PCIE 4 Link Width Error is displayed check the followings Connection of signal cable between the CPU unit and the SAS unit Installation status of DIMMs on SAS unit This is not a fatal error The board needs not to be replaced immediately but its performance may be decreased You may continue to use or run
139. any application program or the like add necessary space to the partition to install these programs For example if the mounted memory size is 512MB the partition size will be calculated by the above formula as follows 3500MB 512MB 1 5 512MB 12MB Application Size 4792MB Application Size Dividing into the partition of the recommended size into multiple disks as written below will solve problem that it cannot be reserved in one disk 1 2 Set the Size required for installation Paging file size See Chapter 5 and set that debugging information equivalent to the dump file size is to be written to a separate disk If the disk does not have enough free space to enable the dump file size to be written then after installing the system using the Size required for installation Paging file size install an additional new disk Installing the Operating System B 7 Setup Procedure The following describes the procedure of installing Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions Windows Server 2003 with local installation IMPORTANT Before starting the setup always see the notes described earlier in this chapter The partition creation and the installation to dynamic disks are described Items Required for Local Installation Before starting the job prepare the following items including disks and manuals DVD ROM drive Floppy disk drive NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD For Windows Server 2008 Microsoft Win
140. applied NOTE If you install Windows CD ROM that contains Service Pack 2 to your system you do not have to apply Service pack 2 again 1 Log on to the system with the account that has administrative privilege e g administrator 2 Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the USB DVD ROM drive of server The Menu will be displayed 3 Left click on Setup Windows and then click Update the system NOTE Right clicking on the Menu produces the same outcome Follow the message of the screen to proceed the application OK dialog box will be displayed lt Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions gt Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition has been updated If you change or add any J components to your system you will need to reapply the update Click OK to run the updated system lt Windows Server 2003 gt Updating the system xj Windows Server 2003 has been updated IF you change or add any components to your system you will need to reapply the update Click OK to run the updated system B 62 Installing the Operating System IMPORTANT During the Updating the System the following message may be shown but there is no impact to the operation Do not click cancel since it may be taken away after a few seconds Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard Windows will search for current and updated software by looking on your computer on the hardware installation CD or on the
141. apter Proper ties 4 46 Configuring Your Server Default settings and their explanation Item Default Description Change Battery Backup Present Displays Properties None e When battery is installed Present e When battery is not installed None Set Factory Defaults No Restores vendor s factory defaults Prohibited 1 Yes Cluster Mode Disabled Prohibited Rebuild Rate 30 Recommended value 30 Permitted Patrol Read Rate 30 Recommended value 30 Permitted BGI Rate 30 Recommended value 30 Permitted CC Rate 30 Recommended value 30 Permitted Reconstruction Rate 30 Recommended value 30 Permitted Adapter BIOS Enabled Prohibited Disabled Coercion Mode None Prohibited 128MB way 1GB way PDF Interval 300 Prohibited Alarm Control Disabled Disabled Does not issue an alarm Prohibited 2 Enabled Silence Cache Flush Interval 4 Prohibited Spinup Drive Count 2 Prohibited Spinup Delay 12 Prohibited StopOnError Disabled Prohibited Enabled Stop CC On Error No Specify the operation at error detection in Permitted Yes Consistency Check No Recover and resume Yes Abort Maintain PD Fail Disabled Prohibited History Enabled Schdule CC Supported Set the scheduled consistency check Permitted 1 Do not perform Set Factory Defaults If performed the NEC s factory set value will no longer be restored 2
142. arameter and specify the destination in which to save the parameters file If you do not wish to save the parameters file select Do not save the parameter C Do no parameters If you want to save the parameters set the free formatted floppy disk Select Save parameters enter the file path of the parameters files into the text box and click Next If not select Do not save parameters 15 Saved to a floppy disk e6 Saved parameters file a Installing and Using Utilities 6 17 Now the floppy disk containing the parameters file has been created A Close Parameter File Creator Click Yes to exit Parameter File Creator NOTES m If you modify existing information file parameter file click Load Parameters at Load Parameters screen Refer to help to modify information file m If you cancel operation on the way click XJ at the upper right corner of the screen 6 18 Installing and Using Utilities NEC ESMPRO The NEC ESMPRO lets a system administrator manage remote servers across a network NEC ESMPRO monitors server hardware and software configurations failures and performance With log data collected by NEC ESMPRO a system administrator can track long term and short term performance monitor server usage create graphs to record trends and check server failure rates The administrator can use the information collected to create more efficient data routing procedures and op
143. arameters enter the file path of the parameters files into the text box and click Next If not select Do not save parameters 5 16 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 15 The Express Setup will start when you click Perform in Start Express setup step Enter Enter Select Win Select Save Start Step network domaid dows cori applica parameters Express protocol account ponents tions setup Now EXPRESSBUILDER gathered all of the parameters for the Express setup The Express setup will start when Perform burton is clicked Back Top Perform Version 5 XX XXM XX XXX 16 Copy optional Mass Storage Driver module If you install optional Mass Storage Driver the message will be shown Insert CD ROM or floppy disk attached to the Mass Storage Driver and proceed operation according to the message 17 Remove NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD from the optical disk drive according to the message If you proceed the setup by using setup parameter file remove the floppy disk from the floppy disk drive Insert Windows Server 2003 CD ROM into the optical disk drive Agree Software License Agreement screen appears 18 Read the contents carefully and click Yes if you do agree If you do not agree click No IMPORTANT m If you do not agree to this agreement the setup terminates and Windows Server 2003 will not be installed m If NetWare Gateway and Client Service is specifie
144. ard slots 7200s E Large memory of up to 64GB m DDR2 667 SDRAM FB DIMM Up to four multi processors are available m High speed 1000BASE T interface x4 for upgrade 1Gbps supported m Four network ports High speed disk access SAS Up to four hard disk drives SAS 2 5 inch per CPU blade m Two USB Ver 2 0 interface ports High reliability E Memory mirroring feature m Online spare memory m Memory monitoring feature correction of correctable error detection of uncorrectable error m Forced memory enabling feature m CPU degradation feature logical isolation of a failed device m Bus parity error detection E Temperature detection m Error notification E Internal voltage monitoring feature m BIOS password feature Auto rebuild feature hot swappable Management Utilities Many Available Features m NEC ESMPRO E Software power off m NEC DianaScope m Remote power on feature m Remote monitoring feature m AC Link feature EXPRESSSCOPE engine Maintenance Features Self diagnosis m Off line Maintenance Utility m Power On Self Test POST m Memory dump feature using the DUMP m Test and Diagnosis T amp D switch Easy and Fine Setup m NEC EXPRESSBUILDER system management tools m SETUP BIOS setup utility RAID configuration utility 2 4 General Description PART NAMES AND CONTROLS This section describes the names and features of the sections in the device Front View Sse ee e
145. are O Yes this time only O Yes now and every time connect a device No not this time Click Next to continue Installing the Operating System B 71 About Windows Activation You have to agree to the license agreement to use Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition or Windows Server 2003 Windows activation process is as follows Windows Server 2008 For a server running a full installation 1 Go to the Start menu and in the Run dialog box type slui and press Enter imi Type the name of a program folder document or Internet resource and Windows will open it for you Open slui 7 W This task will be created with administrative privileges eT ce aome IMPORTANT If the following message appears Windows has already been activated on your system Click Close to exit RA windows Activation xi _ ta A Windows Activation Activation was successful Activation helps verify that your copy of Windows is genuine With askfor genuine Microsoft software B 72 Installing the Operating System 2 In the following screen click Type a different product key A windows Activation xj A Windows Activation The Windows Server Standard product key you typed is invalid for activation gt Type a different product gt Contact Microsoft to help resolve this problem 3 Type the product key shown on your COA label
146. ars Normally select Yes 13 Virtual Disks operation screen is displayed If no other operation is required click Home at the lower left of the screen 14 The WebBIOS Top Menu is displayed Virtual Disk you have created is displayed in the lower right frame of the screen Parameters for VD Definition Listed below are parameters for Configuration Wizard Item Parameter Remarks RAID Level RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 5 RAID 6 RAID 6 RAID 00 RAID 10 RAID 50 RAID 00 RAID 10 RAID 50 RAID60 and RAID 60 are not supported Strip Size 8 KB 16 KB 32 KB 64 KB 128 KB Recommended value 64KB 256 KB 512 KB 1024 KB Access Policy RW Read Only Blocked Recommended value RW Read Policy Normal Ahead Adaptive Recommended value Normal Write Policy WBack WThru WBack WriteBack WThru WriteThru WrtThru for Checked Unchecked Select a mode when WriteBack is BAD BBU specified for Write Policy Checked Normal WriteBack Unchecked Constant WriteBack Recommended value Checked IO Policy Direct Cached Recommended value Direct Disk Cache NoChange Enable Disable Recommended value Disable Policy Disable BGI No Yes Specify whether to perform Background Initialize after creation of VD Recommended value No IMPORTANT The server does not support BGI Back Ground Initialize feature 4 70 Configuring Your Server The Write Policy has the f
147. articular hazard Mandatory Action Example Example Symbol to draw attention Description of a danger Term indicating a degree of danger A CAUTION Plug in to a proper power source Use a proper wall outlet Use of an improper power source may cause a fire or a power leak Symbols used in this User s Guide and warning labels are listed below Attentions gt Indicates that improper use may cause an electric shock Indicates that improper use may cause fumes or fire Indicates that improper use may cause fingers to be caught Indicates that improper use may cause personal injury by the moving fan blades Indicates that improper use may cause personal injury Indicates that improper use may cause explosion PPP DEP Indicates a general notice or warning that cannot be specifically identified Prohibited Actions Do not disassemble repair or modify the server Otherwise an electric shock or fire may be caused Do not touch any component other than specified Otherwise an electric shock or personal injury such as burns may be caused Keep away from fire Otherwise an ignition may be caused Keep away from water or liquid Otherwise an electric shock or fire may be caused DBD Indicates a general prohibited action that cannot be specifically identified Mandatory Action Unplug the power cord of the server Otherwise an ele
148. ate the system See Chapter 6 The system does not restart automatically when a stop error occurs though the system is adjusted to automatically restarting When the system does not restart automatically restart it manually Cannot turn the power OFF at the blue screen If you want to turn off the power at the blue screen execute forced shutdown forced shutdown continue to press POWER SLEEP switch for 4 seconds The power will not be turned off if you press the switch for less than 3 seconds 8 48 Troubleshooting The CPU blade is not found on the network Q Is the LAN cable connected Make sure to connect the LAN cable to the network port on the rear of the CPU blade Also make sure that the LAN cable to use conforms to the network interface standard Q Is BIOS configuration correct The onboard LAN controller may be disabled with the BIOS SETUP utility of the CPU blade Check the setting with the BIOS SETUP utility Advanced PCI Configuration Embedded NIC Dual Gbit LAN 1 Option ROM Scan LAN 2 Option ROM Scan gt 0 Have the protocol and service already configured Install the distinctive network driver for the CPU blade Make sure that the protocol such as TCP IP and services are properly specified 0 Is the transfer speed correct Open the network property dialog box in control panel to specify the Link Speed amp Duplex value the same as the value specifie
149. blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager You may continue use or run the system 1 Check installation status of DIMMs in DIMM Group 2 4 6 or 8 2 Replace the DIMMs in failed DIMM Group 2 4 6 or 8 Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 27 When STATUS lamp is flashing in amber On screen message Description Recommended action CPU Reconfigured The system has started with processor degraded Try the following steps to cancel the error Run BIOS SETUP select Main Processor Settings Processor Retest Yes then select Exit Exit Saving Changes If the same error persists contact your service representative Mem Reconfigured The system has started with memory degraded Try the following steps to cancel the error Run BIOS SETUP select Advanced Memory Configuration Memory Retest Yes then select Exit Exit Saving Changes If the same error persists contact your service representative DIMM 1 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 01 DIMM 2 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 02 DIMM 3 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 03 DIMM 4 C Err A corre
150. ble processor in the system Should probleme occur wih thie system contact the CPU manufacturer to see i this mi of processors is supported Data Bytes Words 0o00 oo oo oo oo or oo aa oo 0008 00 00 00 00 29 OO OO 40 z 0o10 oz oo oo oo 29 oo oo so 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3 Click Management Tool Event Viewer from the Control Panel 2 Select the type of the log to collect On Application Log the events related to the running application is archived On Security Log the events related to the security is archived On System Log the events occurred at the item which configures Windows system is archived 3 Click Save as in the Run menu 4 Enter the file name of archived log in the File Name box 5 Select the type of the log file you want to save in the File Type list box and click OK For more information refer to Windows Online Help Troubleshooting 8 59 COLLECTING CONFIGURATION INFORMATION This section describes on how to collect the information on hardware configuration and internal specification In order to collect information Diagnostic Program is used IMPORTANT If STOP error system error or stall occurred follow the procedure below after restarting the system 1 Point to Settings in Start menu and click Control Panel The Control Panel dialog box appears 2 Double click Management Tool and double click Computer Management The Compute
151. bout 8MB smaller than specified size It is not a problem in operating the system Following message appeared when you tried to install Express Setup to the hard disk drive that has smaller capacity than the specified partition size The creating of the partition was failed The process can not be continued The process was stopped OK Cannot continue the setup Specify smaller partition size than the capacity of connected hard disk drive and then retry the setup Specified to join the Domain but the system is installed as Workgroup When the setup fails to join the Domain during the installation it will install the system as Workgroup Open System in Control Panel to specify joining the Domain Unable to specify the details of Network adapter In Express Setup you can not specify the details of Network adapter Specify them from Control Panel after starting Windows Problems with Parameter File Creator Fail to start Parameter File Creator Q Parameter File Creator requires to run by Microsoft R HTML Application host If Parameter File Creator does not start associate the file type with Microsoft R HTML Application host via following process 1 Click Run on Start menu 2 Type Y windir system32 mshta exe register in the Open box and click OK 8 56 Troubleshooting Problems with RAID System and RAID Controller Check the following if the server config
152. chitecture is x64 Install the NET Framework Ver2 0 Redistributable Package x64 in Autorun Menu for the setup of Microsoft NET Framework 2 0 Click Setup Windows Install the Microsoft Visual C 2005 SP1 Redistributable Package x86 Use the x86 package whatever the CPU architecture may be for the setup of the Runtime component of the Microsoft Visual C 2005 SP1 Using Universal RAID Utility via Network Universal RAID Utility does not support the function to manage the computer containing RAID Controller via network If you want to manage it via network use the function of remote console ex Remote Desktop of Windows 6 20 Installing and Using Utilities NEC DianaScope The NEC DianaScope is software for the remote management of this server See the online documents for details on the functions and installation of the NEC DianaScope DianaScope Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Oa x A CA Osh she ravortes Peds O Z Le yw ss http localhost 8080 dianascope pages cammons top isp NEC Empowered by innovation UserName admin Supervi Croup List Group List gt Berries gt Blueberry B eenies j E Blueberry Bor ocon Encode VNC raag Auto SHIFT JIS_ EUC JP uTF 8 a ppios Pees 198 hours 0 minutes of Boot t 300 sec T DianaScope Remote Console Blueberry Microsoft Internet Explorer
153. cope Manager 1 Check installation status of the failed CPU 2 Check installation status of heat sink on the failed CPU 3 Replace the failed CPU Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative ProciThermalTrip Forced power off occurred due to a thermal error in CPU 1 Proc2ThermalTrip Forced power off occurred due to a thermal error in CPU 2 Proc3ThermalTrip Forced power off occurred due to a thermal error in CPU 3 Proc4ThermalTrip Forced power off occurred due to a thermal error in CPU 4 Take one of the following measures to power on the CPU blade Press the POWER switch to power on the CPU blade Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Check if fans in Blade Enclosure work normally 2 Refer to the User s Guide of the Blade Enclosure to make sure that the sufficient number of fans are installed in correct locations Check if the fans and CPU blades are installed in correct locations Check installation status of heat sink of the CPU blade 5 Check if the ambient temperature of installation location satisfies the operation guarantee condition Rw 1 Check installation status of the failed CPU 2 Check installation status of heat sink on the failed CPU 3 Replace the failed CPU Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 31
154. ctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 04 DIMM 5 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 05 DIMM 6 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 06 DIMM 7 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 07 DIMM 8 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 08 DIMM 9 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 09 DIMM 10 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 10 DIMM 11 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 11 DIMM 12 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 12 DIMM 13 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 13 DIMM 14 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 14 DIMM 15 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 15 DIMM 16 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 16 Sparing FailOver A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM and the online spare memory is failed over in online spare memory configuration DIMMG 1 Unc Err Memory mirror failover occurred due to an uncorrectable error occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 01 02 DIMM Group 1 in memory mirroring configuration DIMMG 2 Unc Err Memory mirror failover occurred due to an uncorrectable error occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 03
155. ctric shock or fire may be caused oa Indicates a mandatory action that cannot be specifically identified Make sure to follow the instruction NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense BSMI Statement Beas me PRHANEm EEEE PEA Re ARE SSS AH TE TELSTAR i F gt 1 FAAS OBER ER AY SE HE SET FR o Trademarks NEC ESMPRO and NEC EXPRESSBUILDER are trademarks of NEC Corporation Microsoft Windows Windows Server Windows NT and MS DOS are registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries Intel Intel logo Xeon and Xeon Inside are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States and other countries Datalight is a registered trademark of Datalight Inc ROM DOS is a trademark of Datalight Inc AT is a registered trademark of Int
156. cure mode If this 5 min item is set to Disabled the secure mode 10 min timer is unavailable 20 min 60 min 120 min Hot Key L Specify the key with which the secure mode is CTRL ALT Z started Press the selected key while pressing the Ctrl and Alt to start the secure mode Secure Mode Disabled Specify whether the system starts in the Boot Enabled secure mode or not Power Switch Disabled Specify whether the POWER switch of the Inhibit Enabled CPU blade is enabled or disabled If Enabled the POWER switch cannot be used to power off the CPU blade The forced shutdown by pressing the POWER switch for 4 seconds or longer is available Factory set IMPORTANT The Secure Mode is used to restrict an access from a user who has no user password In Secure Mode the POWER switch DUMP switch keyboard and mouse are disabled and the ScrollLock lamp CapsLock lamp and Numlock lamp on the keyboard flashes sequentially To exit from Secure Mode enter the user password using the keyboard Configuring Your Server 4 21 Server The Server menu appears if you move the cursor to Server The items which can be set on the Server menu and their functions are described below For the setting first select System Management Console Redirection or Event Log Configuration and press Enter to display the proper submenu Main Advanced gt System Management gt Console Redirection gt Event L
157. d click Next After that follow the message to continue the process Software Update Installation Wizard Use this wizard to install the following software update Hotfix for Windows x64 KB921411 Before you install this update we recommend that you Back up your system Close all open programs You might need to restart your computer after you complete this update To continue click Next Cancel B 66 Installing the Operating System 5 When the following message is displayed make sure to click Finish to restart the system Software Update Installation Wizard Completing the Hotfix for Windows x64 KB921411 Installation Wizard You have successfully completed the KB921411 Setup Wizard To apply the changes the wizard has to restart Windows To restart Windows automatically click Finish If you want to restart later select the Do not restart now check box and then click Finish With that application process of the Hotfix for Windows x64 KB921411 is finished Installing the Operating System B 67 Updating the System IMPORTANT Make sure that the TS client DVD ROM is assigned to a network driver to be shared If not assign the TS client to make it shared 1 Log on to the system by the account with administrator authority to TS client such as administrator 2 Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the USB DVD ROM drive of the TS client
158. d for HUB The system displays the message below and fails to log in In Windows Server 2003 the following message will be displayed if you use the operating system without executing the license authentication Select Yes and execute the procedure for license authentication Windows Product Activation This copy of Windows must be activated with Microsoft before you can continue You cannot log on until you activate Windows Do you want to activate Windows now To shut down the computer click Cancel YES NO Cancel The Telnet Service is not installed Adjust the computer name to 14 characters or less and then install the Telnet Service according to lt How to install the Telnet Service gt lt How to install the Telnet Service gt 1 Click Run on Start menu 2 Type tlntsvr service in the Open box and click OK 3 Click Start menu point to Control Panel and click Administrative Tools and then click the Services to verify whether the Telnet Service is registered When the installation of Telnet Service is finished there is no problem if the computer name is set to 15 characters or more Troubleshooting 8 49 Problems with Windows The following system events are logged when Windows Server 2008 is installed Event ID Source Level Description Event ID Source Level Description Event ID Source Level Description Event ID Source Level Descript
159. d to install the window to specify the details of NetWare Gateway and Client Service pops up on the first logon Specify the appropriate value Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 5 17 Windows Server 2003 and selected applications will be installed automatically and rebooted several times After rebooting it logs on to the system automatically 19 Ifyou install Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 insert Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition DISC 2 or Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition DISC 2 into the optical disk drive after the OS installation Hereinafter proceed operations according to the message When the installation has finished remove Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition DISC 2 or Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition DISC 2 from the optical disk drive and restart the system Now the Setup using Express Setup has completed 5 18 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup INSTALLING AND SETTING DEVICE DRIVERS Follow these steps to install and configure the device drivers PROSet NOTE All of the operation that related to Intel PROSet is must be executed by administrator privileges Operation by Remote Desktop Connection is prohibited Without changing any parameter when opened the properties of adapter teaming please click the Cancel button for close the dialog Click OK button will cause temporary loss of netw
160. de process dump file in Windows Server 2008 http support microsoft com kb 949 1 80 en us NOTE For Windows Server 2008 Dr Watson is replaced by Problem Reports and Solutions therefore you can not collect the Crash Dump file by existing Dr Watson The above process provides you the information same level as the Crash Dump file B 50 Installing the Operating System When the system is Windows Server 2003 Dr Watson Dr Watson is a debugger for application errors If any application error is detected Dr Watson diagnoses the server and logs diagnostic information log Follow the procedure below and specify Dr Watson to collect diagnostic information 1 2 Click Run on Start menu Type drwtsn32 exe in the Open box and click OK The Dr Watson for Windows dialog box appears Specify the location to store the diagnostic information in the Log File Path box The diagnostic information will be stored with the file name DRWTSN32 LOG NOTE You can not specify network pass Specify the pass on local computer Specify the location of crash dump file in the Crash Dump box NOTE Crash Dump File is a binary file that can be read with Windows Debugger Check the following check box on the Options box O Dump Symbol Table O Dump All Thread Contexts O Append TO Existing Log File O Create Crash Dump File For more information on each function above refer to Online Help
161. describes the basic operation of the blade server Power on of Blade Server There are the following two ways to turn on the power of the CPU blade Turn on the power of the CPU blade in any of the two ways after turning on the powers of the display unit and peripherals connected to the CPU blade IMPORTANT Perform the power on operation of the CPU blade by either the use of the POWER switch or the remote power on after the period of 30 seconds or longer has passed from the supply of AC power to every power unit The power on operation within the period of 30 seconds from the supply of AC power to every power unit may not turn on the power of the CPU blade If so turn on the power of the CPU blade by using the POWER switch after making sure that the AC power is supplied to every power unit NOTES m Ifapower cord on the Blade Enclosure is connected to a power controller including an uninterruptible power supply UPS make sure that the power of the power controller is turned on m When the power is supplied to the server the initial diagnosis is executed for about 30 seconds In this period the POWER switch is disabled Power on the server about 30 seconds immediately after you installed the CPU blade or turned on the server General Description 2 15 Power ON from CPU Blade Press the POWER switch on the front panel of the CPU blade the POWER lamp on the CPU blade goes on green IC 22
162. dows Server 2008 Standard DVD ROM Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Enterprise DVD ROM For Windows Server 2003 R2 x64 Editions Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard x64 Edition DISC 1 CD ROM Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard x64 Edition DISC 2 CD ROM Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise x64 Edition DISC 1 CD ROM Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise x64 Edition DISC 2 CD ROM Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition OEM DISK Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition Service Pack 2 CD ROM For Windows Server 2003 R2 Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition DISC 1 CD ROM Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition DISC 2 CD ROM Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition DISC 1 CD ROM Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition DISC 2 CD ROM Windows Server 2003 OEM DISK Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 2 CD ROM m First Step Guide m User s Guide this manual B 8 Installing the Operating System Creating Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER Before installing create Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER NOTE If you have already Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER for NEC Express5800 Server which you are going to install Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions you do not need to create it again You can create Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER with the following
163. dows Server 2008 Standard Server Core Installation Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Server Core Installation Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Server Core Installation F you enter your product key Windows can automatically determine which edition you purchased To enter your product key click the Back button to retur to the previous page Ay Ifyou choose not to enter your product key now make sure that you select the edition of Windows that you purchased If you select the wrong edition you will need to purchase that edition or you will need to reinstall the correct edition of Windows later and potentially lose files and information I Ihave selected the edition of Windows that I purchased 1 Collecting information 2 Installing Windows NOTE The Windows versions listed on the screen vary depending on the Windows Server 2008 DVD ROM you are using 8 Read the license terms carefully If you agree select I accept the license terms and then click Next ormen OO E A Please read the license terms MICROSOFT SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS MICROSOFT WINDOWS SERVER 2008 STANDARD These license terms are an agreement between Microsoft Corporation or based on where you live one of its affiliates and you Please read them They apply to the software named above which includes the media on which you received it if any The terms also apply to any Microsoft updates supplements Internet based services and support
164. e CPU blade with the power cord being plugged to a power source A CAUTION Sb PSO Observe the following instructions to use the server safely Failure to follow these instructions may cause a fire personal injury or property damage See pages 1 2 to 1 5 for details Make sure to complete device installation Do not install the device with its cover being removed Do not pinch your finger s with component a a a m Avoid installation in extreme temperature conditions Upgrading Your Server 9 3 ANTI STATIC MEASURES The CPU blade contains electronic components sensitive to static electricity Avoid failures caused by static electricity when installing or removing any optional devices Wear a wrist strap an arm belt or anti static glove Wear a wrist strap on your wrist If no wrist strap is available touch an unpainted metal part of the cabinet before touching a component to discharge static electricity from your body Touch a metal part regularly when working with components to discharge static electricity Select a suitable work space Work with the CPU blade on the anti static or concrete floor When you work with the CPU blade on a carpet where static electricity is likely to be generated make sure take anti static measures beforehand Use a work table Place the CPU blade on an anti static mat to work with it Cloth Do not wear a wool or synthetic cloth to work with the CPU
165. e Windows Server CD 2 files are stored and then click OK Location of Windows Server CD 2 files DO OoOo O Browse Cancel IMPORTANT In this case the Windows Setup screen may not be displayed Be sure to install Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 x64 Edition DISC 2 according to the following procedures Insert Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 x64 Edition DISC 2 CD ROM into the USB DVD ROM drive When the installation has completed remove Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Edition DISC 2 CD ROM from the USB DVD ROM drive and restart the system After installation is completed be sure to execute the tasks described in Setup of Device Driver Normally Installed in Server and Updating the System of this chapter B 24 Installing the Operating System Procedure for License Authentication Product Key used in the procedure for license authentication should be matched with the COA label in which the product key contained in Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions is written NOTES m Execute the activation within 30 days System may be locked after 30 days is passed m COA label may be attached to the main unit Installing and Setting Device Drivers Follow these steps to install and configure the device drivers Installing Fibre Channel Controller Driver N8403 018 If you utilize Fibre Channel controller driver N8403 018 update your system with NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD attached to your system The Fibre
166. e cable connections Do not use any damaged cable 1 4 Notes on Using Your Server A CAUTION Immediately after the server is powered off its internal components such as hard disk drives are very hot Leave the server until its internal components AN Avoid installation in extreme temperature conditions fully cool down before installing removing any component re A Avoid contact with the server during thunderstorms Disconnect the power plug from the outlet when a thunderstorm is l approaching If it starts thundering before you disconnect the power plug do not touch any part of the server including the cables Failure to follow this warning may cause a fire or an electric shock A A Keep animals away from the server Pet s discharges or fur may enter the CPU blade and cause a fire or electric shock Turn off the cellular phone or pager Radio interference may cause SO Do not use a cellular phone or pager around the server malfunctions of the server Notes on Using Your Server 1 5 FOR PROPER OPERATION Observe the following notes for successful operation of the server Use of the server ignoring the notes will cause malfunctions or failures of the server m CPU blade The CPU blade assembly must be installed in the Blade Enclosure SIGMABLADE Install or remove CPU blades one by one Hold the portions covered with metal plates when a CPU blade is installed or removed To carry a CPU
167. e error occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 03 04 07 08 11 12 or 15 16 in memory mirroring configuration Mirror FailOver Memory mirror failover occurred due to an uncorrectable error occurred on DIMM in memory mirroring configuration Issue an OS command to reset the CPU blade though you may continue use or run the system You may continue use or run the system 1 Check installation status of the failed DIMM Group 2 Replace the failed DIMM Group If the same error persists contact your service representative MEZ 1 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on mezzanine card in mezzanine card slot 1 MEZ 2 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on mezzanine card in mezzanine card slot 2 MEZ 3 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on mezzanine card in mezzanine card slot 3 MEZ 4 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on mezzanine card in mezzanine card slot 4 Issue an OS command to reset the CPU blade though you may continue use or run the system You may continue use or run the system 1 Check installation status of the failed mezzanine card 2 Replace the failed mezzanine card If the same error persists contact your service representative SB C Err1 SB C Err2 A correctable error frequently occurred on SAS unit Issue an OS command to reset the CPU blade though you may continue use or run the system You may continue us
168. e or run the system 1 Check connection of signal cable between the CPU unit and the SAS unit 2 Check installation status of DIMMs on SAS unit If the same error persists contact your service representative PCIE C ErrX Chipset C Err X A correctable error frequently occurred on CPU unit Issue an OS command to reset the CPU blade though you may continue use or run the system Replace the CPU blade though you may continue use or run the system If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 29 On screen message Description Recommended action FBD CH1 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 01 05 09 or 13 FBD CH2 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 02 06 10 or 14 Issue an OS command to reset the CPU blade though you may continue use or run the system You may continue use or run the system 1 Check installation status of DIMMs in DIMM Group 1 3 5 or 7 2 Replace the DIMMs in failed DIMM Group 1 3 5 or 7 Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative FBD CH3 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 03 07 11 or 15 FBD CH4 C Err A correctable error frequently occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 04 08 12 or 16 Issue an OS command to reset
169. e stored correctly Follow the procedure below to specify 1 Select Control Panel and click System The System Properties dialog box appears 2 Select Advanced tab 3 Click Settings on the Startup and Recovery group box Installing the Operating System B 47 IMPORTANT Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions m To specify Complete Memory Dump to write the debug information is recommended If the mounted memory size is larger than 2GB Complete Memory Dump cannot be specified so that specify Kernel Memory Dump instead m Specify the drive where there is a free area more than the size of the memory capacity mounted on Express server 1MB m Incase the mounted memory size exceeds 2GB due to the added memory change the write debugging information to Kernel Memory Dump before adding memory The size of debugging information memory dump to be taken also changes due to adding memory Verify the size of the empty space in the debugging information memory dump write destination drive Windows Server 2003 m To specify Complete Memory Dump to write the debug information is recommended If the mounted memory size is larger than 2GB Complete Memory Dump cannot be specified so that specify Kernel Memory Dump instead m Specify the drive where there is a free area more than the size of the memory capacity mounted on Express server 12MB In case the memory capacity is more than 2GB a free area of 2048 12M
170. ecceesceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeneseeeeneeeeseeeseeeeeenenees 3 1 Before Installing CPU Blade 00 ecceecceesccssecesesseeeseeeseeeseeeeeesecesecesecaecnaeceaecaeecaeeeaeeeeeeeeesereeetees 3 2 Checkiof MAG Address ic s52 os scent le otis st dia dek eee ERE AES Sect OR her 3 2 Installing DIMM socie iini gsc eeics ca ceve iat cvecudeveste ieste e E eusdetss ceccsantacivesseeedet deeds 3 3 Installing the CPU Blade c cccc ce cecescdicecede cnc eues ib ce ccscs face codec a E E a RER RA ean 3 4 Installing the Hard Disk Drive cso c cecccccccdicceceseeccsce sevcsecesdescscecceedadedcossteedeuseedyedecesseeducescutencensdace 3 4 Making Conmections sceni inini iniii iei i E E A eaa 3 5 NEIWOK aena e PR RRE SO RAE O ERER ARR 3 8 Chapter 4 Configuring Your Server ccccsesceeceesseeeeesseeeeeeseeeeeeeseseeeeeeaseeeeeeseeensnnesenees 4 1 System BIOS SP TUP iieii ea E ANTT EEE A LE EEA 4 1 Starting SETUP UIT or K R ik eee Re ee ee 4 2 Description on On Screen Items and Key Usage ccsccesccsseesseeseeeseeeeeesseeesceeeeneeneenseenseenaes 4 3 Configuration Examples eene i a a hae Bk RH a ee 4 4 Menu and Parameter Descriptions ccccceessessceeecesecesecsecaeecseecneeeneeeaeseceeeeeseenaeenseenseenaeenaes 4 8 RAID System Configuration sesen ie E ea e es eke aiis 4 29 RAMD oa a A ss soe EA T A O E O 4 29 Features of On board RAID Controller MegaRAID ROMB esceeseeseeeteeeeeneeeneeeneeees 4 34 Before Using WebB
171. ectable error occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 01 05 09 or 13 FBD CH2 Unc Err An uncorrectable error occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 02 06 10 or 14 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 1 Check installation status of DIMMs in DIMM Group 1 3 5 or 7 2 Replace the DIMMs in failed DIMM Group 1 3 5 or 7 Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative FBD CH3 Unc Err An uncorrectable error occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 03 07 11 or 15 FBD CH4 Unc Err An uncorrectable error occurred on DIMM in DIMM socket 04 08 12 or 16 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU
172. ected in the data access pattern to the secondary cache prefetch is executed to the secondary cache Adjacent Cache Line Enabled Specify whether the adjacent cache Prefetch Disabled line prefetch of the processor is enabled or disabled If disabled cache line fill reads 64 bytes If enabled cache line fill reads 128 bytes Intel SpeedStep R Disabled Specify whether Enhanced Intel Technology Enabled SpeedStep R Technology feature is enabled or disabled If the CPU does not support this feature this item is not visible Factory set NOTE The capacity of L2 cache of processor is represented by Capacity Number of processors 4 12 Configuring Your Server Advanced Move the cursor onto Advanced to display the Advanced menu Selecting a menu item preceded by symbol gt and pressing Enter allows the appropriate submenu to appear gt Memory Configuration gt PCI Configuration gt Peripheral Configuraion gt Advanced Chipset Control PhoenixBI0S Setup Utility Security Server Boot Exit Item Specific Help Additional setup menus to configure Memory devices Boot time Diagnostic Screen Disabled Reset Configuration Data NumLock Memory Processor Error F1 Help Esc Exit CNoJ Coffl Boot Select Item Change Values F9 Setup Defaults Select Menu Enter Select gt Sub Menu F10 Save and Exit See the table below for the items
173. ed Make sure that the interface cables and power cord are properly connected Also make sure that the cables are connected in the correct order Q Is the power on order correct When the CPU blade has any external devices connected power on the external devices first then the CPU blade Q Did you install drivers for connected optional devices Some optional devices require specific device drivers Refer to the manual that comes with the device to install its driver Troubleshooting 8 45 m Is BIOS configuration correct gt When the CPU blade has PCI devices connected make sure to set the PCI device interrupt and others with the BIOS SETUP utility of the CPU blade Most PCI devices generally do not require any change to the configuration but some boards do require specific settings Refer to the manual that comes with the board for details to make correct settings lt Menus to check Advanced PCI Device PCI IRQ xx x PCI slot number Advanced PCI Configuration PCI Slot 1 Option ROM gt Some devices connected to the serial or USB port may require I O port address or operation mode settings Refer to the manual that comes with the board for details to make correct settings lt Menu to check Advanced Peripheral Configuration Server Console Redirection gt The keyboard or mouse fails to operate m Is BIOS configuration correct The keyboard
174. ed DIMM detected in DIMM group 2 8122 Unsupported DIMM detected in DIMM group 3 8123 Unsupported DIMM detected in DIMM group 4 8124 Unsupported DIMM detected in DIMM group 5 8125 Unsupported DIMM detected in DIMM group 6 8126 Unsupported DIMM detected in DIMM group 7 8127 Unsupported DIMM detected in DIMM group 8 1 A A Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU blade and then on Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Replace t
175. ed in Blade Enclosure SIGMABLADE are monitored by the EM card The information that the EM card monitors can be confirmed by the Enclosure Viewer of NEC ESMPRO Manager In ESMPRO Enclosure Power Supply tree in the DataViewer of NEC ESMPRO Manager the status of the power circuit of CPU blade is displayed Installing and Using Utilities 6 19 Universal RAID Utility Universal RAID Utility is an application to manage or monitor the following RAID Controllers m Onboard RAID Controller MegaRAID ROMB Before attempting to operate Universal RAID Utility read the Universal RAID Utility User s Guide included in NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD The manual explains the installation procedure and notes on operating Universal RAID Utility Setup with Express Setup You can install Universal RAID Utility with Express Setup contained in NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD When you start the Express Setup a dialog to specify an application appears Select Universal RAID Utility on the dialog Manual Setup You can start the setup program of Universal RAID Utility from Autorun Menu Click Setup Software Universal RAID Utility in Autorun Menu You need to install the following software m Microsoft NET Framework 2 0 m The Runtime component of the Microsoft Visual C 2005 SP1 You can install these software from Autorun Menu too Click Setup Windows Install the INET Framework Ver 2 0 Redistributable Package x86 If CPU ar
176. edia with Service Pack 2 OS installation media No Service Pack Service Pack 2 OS installation media No Service Pack Supported Mass Storage Controllers The NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD attached to your system supports the following mass storage controllers for installation NOTE If you want to install the other boards by using a driver floppy disk OEM FD for Mass storage device except ones listed below see Installing with the OEM FD for Mass storage device and Installing Optional Mass Storage Driver of Parameter File Creator in Chapter 6 m Controllers supporting installation of OS with Express Setup LSI MegaRAID SAS PCI EXPRESS ROMB embedded on the mother board m Other controllers N8403 018 FibreChannel Controller Option NOTES m The driver of option card mentioned above is stored in the EXPRESSBUILDER DVD m Ifyou use the board not mentioned above the ExpressSetup will fail Refer to the instructions attached to the board Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 5 5 About the Hardware Components When you install the Windows Server 2003 Express Setup requires several preparations if this computer uses the following hardware components Installing on the Mirrored Volume If you want to install the Windows Server 2003 on the volume that is mirrored using Disk Management invalidate the mirroring and set back to the basic disk before the installation and v
177. ee About the System Partition Size described earlier m Incase the memory is expanded re specify the paging file to suit the new memory size 9 Click OK The message to restart the system may appear according to the modified specification In such case follow the message to restart the system Installing the Operating System B 49 How to Create a User mode Process Dump File When the system is Windows Server 2008 User mode Process Dump is the file that records information when any application error occurs When any application error occurs do not close the pop up window that notifies the error and then collect a dump using following process 1 Right click a blank part of the taskbar and click Task Manager or press Ctrl Shift Esc to start Task Manager Click Processes tab Right click on process name that you want to collect dump and then click Create Dump File The dump file is stored in following directory C Users lt User Name gt AppData Local Temp NOTE The folder may be treated as hidden folder If the folder does not appear run Explorer and select Tools Folder Options View and check to Show hidden files and folders When the User mode Process Dump is created pick up the file from the directory described in Step 4 Refer to Knowledge Base of Microsoft web site for more information about the User mode Process Dump file collection How to create a user mo
178. eeees B 46 How to Create a User mode Process Dump File ecceeceescceseceseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeseenseees B 49 Netwotk Monitoriscscssttostes A tates eects ge his E E EE B 51 Re installing the Operation System if Multiple Logical Drives Exist B 53 Updating the System Applying Service Pack 0 00 ccceccceceeseesseesceeseeeeceeeeneeeseenseeesecnseeeeaees B 55 LOCal WU pdatesscoeccccccfts thc E seeds Ceaeld tosaad feds Meek satin lett d E A E B 56 Update from TS Client Windows Server 2008 ccceeccesceseceteceeceecesecaecaeecaeeeeeeneeenreeseees B 64 Update from TS Client Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions ccceseeseesseeseeeteeeeeeereeeeees B 65 Update from TS Client Windows Server 2003 cccesscesccsseceteseeceeceseceeeceeeseeeeeeseeenreeseens B 68 About Windows A ctivatiOn s Access beets nieces ietei ten cevers eee tees bette vdhec cca actives B 71 viii This page is intentionally left blank Chapter 1 Notes on Using Your Server This chapter includes information necessary for proper and safe operation of the server 1 2 Notes on Using Your Server SAFETY NOTES This section provides notes on using the server safely Read this section carefully to ensure proper and safe use of the server For symbols see SAFETY INDICATIONS provided earlier For part names described in the safety instruction chapter in this guide refer to Features and Controls in Chapter 2 A WARNING
179. em drive gt WINDOWS system32 drivers directory and make sure usbhub sys and usbport sys are exists in the directory If you can not found them copy the files according to the following process 1 Open lt System drive gt WINDOWS system32 dllcache directory 2 Copy usbhub sys and usbport sys from the directory noted above to lt System drive gt WINDOWS system32 drivers Restart the system Refer to Application process of the Hotfix KB921411 and apply the Hotfix for Windows x64 KB921411 or Hotfix for Windows Server 2003 KB921411 Refer to Application process of Updating the System and execute Updating the System Restart the system With that process is finished B 64 Installing the Operating System Update from TS Client Windows Server 2008 Updating the System IMPORTANT Make sure that the TS client DVD ROM is assigned to a network driver to be shared If not assign the TS client to make it shared 1 Log on to the system by the account with administrator authority to TS client such as administrator 2 Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the USB DVD ROM drive of the TS client If the menu appears on the TS client screen terminate the menu 3 lt Windows Server 2008 64 bit x64 Edition gt Select Run from the Start menu enter DVD ROM drive name on TS client 002 win winnt ws2008x64 update vbs on the Open box and click OK lt Windows Server 2008 32 bit
180. em is waiting for key entry due to serious POST error Or POST is terminated forcedly even the serious POST error has occurred Check the error message on POST screen Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 23 On screen message Description Recommended action BlOSRecovery run A fatal error occured on system BIOS ROM Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Pow
181. emote power on function is used cycle the power once to load the OS and turn off the power again in the normal way Chapter 9 Upgrading Your Server This chapter describes optional devices available for the CPU blade procedures for install or removing such optional devices and notes on using them IMPORTANT m Optional devices described in this chapter may be installed or removed by any user However NEC does not assume any liability for damage to optional devices or the server or malfunctions of the server resulted from installation by the user NEC recommends you ask your service representative for install or removing any optional devices m Make sure to use only optional devices and cables authorized by NEC Repair of the server due to malfunctions failures or damage resulted from installing such devices or cables will be charged m When you made any change to the hardware configuration make sure to update the system see Chapter 5 for details 9 2 Upgrading Your Server SAFETY NOTES Observe the following notes to install or remove optional devices safely and properly A WARNING gt O IS Observe the following instructions to use the server safely Failure to follow these instructions may result in death or serious personal injury See pages 1 2 to 1 5 for details m Do not disassemble repair or alter the server m Do not remove the lithium Li lon or NiMH battery m Do not handle th
182. en press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager If the same error persists contact your service representative DUMP Request DUMP switch is pressed Wait until OS dump process completes If the process is not complete take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Or Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager If the same error persists contact your service representative Proc Missing No CPU is installed 1 Checkinstallation status of CPU 2 Replace the CPU Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 33 On screen message Description Recommended action MEZ1 Power Fault An error occurred on power supply circuit of mezzanine card in mezzanine card slot 1 MEZ2 Power Fault An error occurred on power supply circuit of me
183. enabled 8144 DIMM group 5 with error is enabled 8145 DIMM group 6 with error is enabled 8146 DIMM group 7 with error is enabled 8147 DIMM group 8 with error is enabled ZaARWN Run BIOS SETUP select Advanced Memory Configuration Memory Retest Yes then select Exit Exit Saving Changes Check installation status of failed DIMM Group Replace the failed DIMM Group Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative ote The detailed error information can be obtained by viewing the IPMI system event log If the DIMMs have been replaced run BIOS SETUP and restarting the CPU blade select Advanced Memory Configuration Memory Retest Yes then select Exit Exit Saving Changes 8150 NVRAM Cleared By Jumper C ontact your service representative 8151 Password Cleared By Jumper C ontact your service representative 8160 Mismatch Processor speed detected on Processor 1 8161 Mismatch Processor speed detected on Processor 2 8162 Mismatch Processor speed detected on Processor 3 8163 Mismatch Processor speed detected on Processor 4 1 2 3 4 5 N Run BIOS SETUP select Main Processor Settings Processor Retest Yes then select Exit Exit Saving Changes Replace the CPU that was additionally installed or replaced Re
184. er off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Replace the CPU blade Contact your service representative DIMMG 1 Unc Err An uncorrectable error occured on DIMM in DIMM socket 01 02 DIMM Group 1 DIMMG 2 Unc Err An uncorrectable error occured on DIMM in DIMM socket 03 04 DIMM Group 2 DIMMG 3 Unc Err DIMMG 4 Unc Err An uncorrectable error occured on DIMM in DIMM socket 05 06 DIMM Group 3 An uncorrectable error occured on DIMM in DIMM socket 07 08 DIMM Group 4 DIMMG 5 Unc Err An uncorrectable error occured on DIMM in DIMM socket 09 10 DIMM Group 5 DIMMG 6 Unc Err An uncorrectable error occured on DIMM in DIMM socket 11 12 DIMM Group 6 DIMMG 7 Unc Err An uncorrectable error occured on DIMM in DIMM socket 13 14 DIMM Group 7 DIMMG 8 Unc Err An uncorrectable error occured on DIMM in DIMM socket 15 16 DIMM Group 8 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POW
185. ernational Business Machines Corporation in the United States and other countries LSI and the LSI logo design are trademarks or registered trademarks of LSI Corporation Adaptec and its logo is a registered trademark of Adaptec Inc of United States SCSISelect is a trademark of Adaptec Inc of the United States Adobe Adobe logo and Acrobat are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated All other product brand or trade names used in this publication are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective trademark owners Windows Server 2008 stands for Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Standard Operating system and Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Enterprise operating system Windows Vista stands for Microsoft Windows Vista Business operating system Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions stands for Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard x64 Edition Operating system and Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise x64 Edition operating system or Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition operating system and Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition operating system Windows Server 2003 stands for Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition operating system and Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition operating system or Microsoftg Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition operating system and Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition operating system Windows XP x64 Edi
186. ersists contact your service representative 0B75 System Voltage out of the range oO Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU blade and then on Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade Check connection status of signal cable between the CPU unit and the SAS unit Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative 0B80 BMC Memory Test Failed 0B81 BMC Firmware Code Area CRC check failed 0B82 BMC core hardware failure Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade 2 Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your
187. esecnaeenaeeneeenes 5 20 Adapter Fault Tolerance AFT Adaptive Load Balancing ALB ccecceessesseeteeteeeeeees 5 21 Setting WOLD x 524 ee Reh ers RGA ewes oad won ee eedee ede nes a ee Sewanee 5 23 Graphics Accelerator Driver 3 2 cnee wave e a a e Wisse s 5 24 Installing N8403 018 FibreChannel Controller ceccecceeceesseeseeeceeeceeeceseceseensecnsecseeeaeenaes 5 24 Available switch options for Windows Server 2003 Boot ini file ceeeeeeeceeeseeeeeneeerenes 5 25 Setting for Solving Problems ercan he eed woth beatv de one cae Re ek weed we oi 5 26 Memory Dump Debug Information cceeeesecesecsceeseeeseeeeceeeeeeeeseceseceaecaecaecaeecneeeneeses 5 26 Windows Di Watson os sesass errei ne ERAT EE E nares A EENE 5 29 Network MONIO yeere xen teste nis E E EN A A TE N E p e 5 30 Installing Maintenance Utilities s sesinin resesi eei iti eE Ea E EE ENEE 5 31 Updating the System ss ioes e eas i ee EEEN EE EE EE E E EEEE oe 5 31 Making Backup Copies of System Information ssssesessseseesesseeessstsressesesstsresresetsteseenesseseessese 5 32 Installing with the OEM FD for Mass Storage Device ssesseseseeeesesssesisreerersessesrsrrerereess 5 33 vi Chapter 6 Installing and Using Utilities 0 00 00 ce eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseeeeeenseeeeeeenees 6 1 NEGEXPRESSBUILDER R ir i e E E E seiivecs sueaciteay tases Gala VO ted Muedasshes 6 2 Autorin Ment oenen oii en E E E E EE o eae ii 6 6 Parame
188. et Advanced Reset Configuration Data in the Advanced menu to Yes This is required to update the hardware configuration information See Chapter 4 for details Upgrading Your Server 9 13 18 Ifthe driver shown in Computer is set to ACPI uni processor PC or ACPI single processor PC change it to ACPI multi processor PC reboot the system according to the message and run NEC EXPRESSBUILDER under the Windows operating system to update the system Any change is not required if the Computer driver is set to ACPI multi processor PC Removal To remove the CPU provide the preparation of the removal following steps 1 to 7 in the installation procedure and perform steps 8 to 14 in the reverse order To remove the heat sink slide it a little on the level and remove it IMPORTANT Remove the CPU only when it is defected After replacement select Main Processor Settings Processor Retest and set to Yes to restart the CPU blade for clearing the error information see Chapter 4 After operation the cool sheet at the bottom of the heat sink may adhere to the CPU To remove the heat sink first turn it left and right to have it apart from the CPU If you remove the heat sink with the cool sheet adhering to the CPU the CPU and or the socket may be damaged Put a dummy heat sink on CPU socket if it is not equipped with CPU The operation of the CPU blade cannot be secured if the CPU 1 socket
189. for Windows dialog box appears Specify the location to store the diagnostic information in the Log File Path box The diagnostic information will be stored with the file name DRWTSN32 LOG NOTE You can not specify network path Specify the path on local computer Specify the location of crash dump file in the Crash Dump box NOTE Crash Dump File is a binary file that can be read with Windows Debugger Check the following check box on the Option box O Dump Symbol Table O Dump All Thread Contexts O Add To Existing Log File O Create Crash Dump File For more information on each function above refer to Online Help Click OK 5 30 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup Network Monitor Utilizing Network Monitor helps you to investigate and manage with network trouble To utilize Network Monitor you need to restart the system after the installation has completed so we recommend to install Network Monitor before any network trouble may occur 1 10 Point to Settings from Start menu and click Control Panel The Control Panel dialog box appears Double click Add or Remove Programs The Add or Remove Programs dialog box appears Click Add Remove Windows Component The Windows Components Wizard dialog box appears Click Management and Monitoring Tools and then click Details The Management and Monitoring Tools dialog appears Click to select the Network
190. formed for about 30 seconds after power on of CPU blade After that the CPU blades are powered on sequentially At power on sequence a waiting time slot number 1 x 2 seconds is inserted between blades Accordingly the CPU blade in the slot having the larger number is delayed It occasionally takes time from power on operation to CPU blade to turning on the power supply When power on operation is executed the CPU blade notifies the EM card of it and wait for permission If the EM card is processing other task and it is busy permission for power on is delayed The remote power on through network does not work Wake On LAN does not work m Is the system shut down forcibly After the forced shutdown or pressing the POWER switch on the CPU blade for 4 seconds or longer brings the power of the CPU blade to be turned off forcibly Wake On LAN does not work After starting the CPU blade once perform the normal shutdown processing Does the LAN port support Wake On LAN The Wake On LAN feature is available only on LAN ports 1 through 3 Fail to power off m Is the POWER switch function disabled Restart the CPU blade once and then start the BIOS SETUP utility lt Menus to check Security Power Switch Inhibit gt POST fails to complete m m Is memory installed properly POST does not operate if DIMM is not installed properly Are memory devices of large capacity installed
191. four HDDs IMPORTANT Do not attempt to configure RAIDO0 or RAID60 They are not supported 1 Click Configuration Wizard on WebBIOS Top Menu to start Wizard bezaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Config izard DG Def inition ISIS Disk Group Def init ion To add drives to a Disk Group hold Control key while selecting Unconf Good drives and cl ick on Accept to Array Than Accept DG Drive addition can be undone by selecting the Reclain button Phys ical Dr ives Disk Groups 7120 UNCONF GOOD x MB O21212 UNCONF GOOD 3 Q2122 UNCONF GOOD 3 J2123 UNCONF GOOD E gt Addto rray t Rec laim X cancel 4m Back mo Next Configuring Your Server 4 65 2 To add physical drives HDD to a Disk Group hold Ctrl while selecting HDDs in DG In the example two DGs will be configured and spanned Physical Dr ives Enclosure WWX UNCONF GOOD UNCONF GO 21 2 UNCONF GOOD x KB 23 UNCONF GOOD WWWX MB Y Addtofrray Reset 3 Upon completion of selection click Add to Array at the lower right of the screen After making sure that the new DG has defined in Disk Groups frame to the right click Accept DG Physical Dr ives Enclosure XXX 2120 ONLINE XXw WB 0 1 ONLINE XXXXX MBI O21 UNCONF GOOD WXXW WB gt UNCONF GOOD Xxx WB 0 110 ONLINE XXXXX WB 0 1117 ONLINE XXXXX NB won Y Addto rray Reset 4 Anew DG is defined in the Disk Groups frame Define anot
192. from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU blade and then on Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 1 Check connection of signal cable between the CPU unit and the SAS unit 2 Check installation status of DIMMs on SAS unit Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative PCIE Unc ErrX Chipset UncErrX IO Unc ErrX An uncorrectable error occurred in CPU unit Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative 8 26 Troubleshooting On screen message Description Recommended action FBD CH1 Unc Err An uncorr
193. g No allows SETUP to be terminated without storage of the modified information If you select Yes SETUP is terminated with the modified information saved in CMOS Then the CPU blade automatically reboots the system 4 28 Configuring Your Server Load Setup Defaults Select this item to return all the values of SETUP to the default values Selecting Load Setup Defaults causes the confirmation screen to appear Select Yes to return the values to the default values Select No to go back to the Exit menu screen IMPORTANT The values of SETUP at the shipment may be different from their default values depending on the model of the CPU blade It is necessary to set the values meeting the environment in which the CPU blade is used referring to the models Load Custom Defaults Select this item and press Enter to load the stored custom default values Save Custom Defaults Select this item and press Enter to save parameters set currently as the custom default values After the storage the Load Custom Defaults menu appears Discard Changes Select this item to return the values modified currently to the previous values before saving the values to CMOS Selecting Discard Changes causes the confirmation screen to appear Select Yes to discard the newly selected information and return to the previous values Save Changes Select this item to save the newly selected information to CMOS non volatile memory without the
194. g information to Kernel Memory Dump before adding memory The size of debugging information memory dump to be taken also changes due to adding memory Verify the size of the empty space in the debugging information memory dump write destination drive Windows Server 2003 To specify Complete Memory Dump to write the debug information is recommended If the mounted memory size is larger than 2GB Complete Memory Dump cannot be specified so that specify Kernel Memory Dump instead Specify the drive where there is a free area more than the size of the memory capacity mounted on Express server 12MB In case the memory capacity is more than 2GB a free area of 2048 12MB or more In case the mounted memory size exceeds 2GB due to the added memory change the write debugging information to Kernel Memory Dump before adding memory The size of debugging information memory dump to be taken also changes due to adding memory Verify the size of the empty space in the debugging information memory dump write destination drive 5 28 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 4 Specify Complete memory dump and modify Dump file in the Write debugging information group box e g Write the debug information in D drive write the file name MEMORY DMP D MEMORY DMP 5 Click Settings on the Performance group box The Performance Options window appears Click Advanced tab on the Performance Options w
195. g to the message Windows Server 2003 OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER will be created Write protect and attach a label then keep it safely B 12 Installing the Operating System Installation of Windows Server 2008 Install Windows Server 2008 in the following procedure 1 Turn on your system IMPORTANT To install Windows Server 2008 you may need to update BIOS To check if your system needs a BIOS update go to http www nec com express Insert the Windows Server 2008 DVD ROM into your DVD ROM drive Restart the system To restart the system press Ctrl Alt Del or turn off the system once and then turn it on again IMPORTANT When prompted to press any key to boot from CD or DVD press Enter while the message is displayed If the Windows installation screen shown in step 4 does not appear turn off the system and then turn it on again The DVD ROM starts A message Windows is loading files appears 4 Select a language and other options from the drop down lists and then click Next 22 Install Windows Windows Server 2008 Language to install English r OATES English United States n Enter your language and other preferences and click Next to continue Copyoght 2007 Microsoft Corporation All rights reserved Installing the Operating System B 13 5 Click the Install now button The installation starts Install Windows Windows Server Install now g
196. he DIMM Group that was additionally installed or replaced Replace the failed DIMM Group Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 13 On screen error message Recommended action 8130 Mismatch DIMM Type detected in DIMM group 1 8131 Mismatch DIMM Type detected in DIMM group 2 8132 Mismatch DIMM Type detected in DIMM group 3 8133 Mismatch DIMM Type detected in DIMM group 4 8134 Mismatch DIMM Type detected in DIMM group 5 8135 Mismatch DIMM Type detected in DIMM group 6 8136 Mismatch DIMM Type detected in DIMM group 7 8137 Mismatch DIMM Type detected in DIMM group 8 1 Ooms Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Check installation status of DIMM Group that was additionally installed or replaced Replace the DIMM Group that was additionally installed or replaced Replace the failed DIMM Group Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative 8140 DIMM group 1 with error is enabled 8141 DIMM group 2 with error is enabled 8142 DIMM group 3 with error is enabled 8143 DIMM group 4 with error is
197. he drivers for SCSI device is displayed Select the LSI Logic MegaRAID SAS RAID Controller Driver Server 2003 for x64 and press Enter If the message appears press S Then it returns to the screen of step 5 11 12 13 Installing the Operating System B 23 If the optional board is installed select the proper SCSI Adapter and press Enter Emulex LPX000 PCI Fibre Channel HBA When Fibre Channel controller N8403 018 is used If the following message appears press S The driver you provided seems to be newer than the Windows default driver Windows already has a driver that you can use for Emulex LPX000 PCI Fibre Channel HBA Unless the device manufacture prefers that you use the driver on the floppy disk you should use the driver in Windows When the following message is shown press Enter to start Welcome to Setup When the installation of Windows Server 2003 R2 x64 Edition has finished the system reboots automatically The Windows Setup screen will be displayed after logged on to the system windows setup ee 4 Windows Setup is not complete We recommend that you continue Setup TO so that you can install the additional components that are available in this version of the Windows Server operating system For more information about the new components see the documentation on Windows Server CD 2 To continue Setup insert Windows Server CD 2 or specify the location where th
198. he optical disk drive restart the system NOTE It is recommend to add Network Monitor at Adding Services Network Monitor can monitor the frame or the packet that the computer installing Network Monitor sends or receives This tool is valuable when analyzing network trouble For information on how to install the tool see the Setting for Solving Problems described later in this chapter 5 20 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup Optional Network Board Driver If you want to utilize optional Network Board N8403 017 020 install the driver stored in NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD In case of utilizing N8403 017 020 002 win winnt dotnet d13 pro1000 win32 If the procedure of installation is not clear refer to the installation procedure described in the section Installation of the Optional Network Board Driver Installation of the Optional Network Board Driver Start Device Manager 2 Click Network adapters and double click Network Adapter Name Network Adapter Name Properties appears NOTE Intel R PRO 1000 is the name of On Board adapter All other names show the Optional Network Board 3 Click Driver tab and click Update Driver Hardware Update Wizard appears 4 Select the Install from a list or specific location Advanced radio button and click Next 5 Select the Search for the best driver in these locations radio button and check off the Search remo
199. he same error persists contact your service representative ote The detailed error information can be obtained by viewing the IPMI system event log If the CPU has been replaced run BIOS SETUP and restarting the CPU blade select Main Processor Settings Processor Retest Yes then select Exit Exit Saving Changes 1 Run BIOS SETUP select Advanced Memory Configuration Memory Retest Yes then select Exit Exit Saving Changes Check installation status of failed DIMMs Replace the failed DIMMs Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative ote The detailed error information can be obtained by viewing the IPMI system event log If the DIMMs have been replaced run BIOS SETUP and restarting the CPU blade select Advanced Memory Configuration Memory Retest Yes then select Exit Exit Saving Changes Exit Saving w N ZOMNOOA ZaAKRWN 8 6 Troubleshooting On screen error message Recommended action 0B70 The error occurred during temperature sensor reading 1 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 2 Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU blade and then on Power off the CPU blade fro
200. he table below to troubleshoot such errors NOTES m The POST error messages listed below are for CPU blade itself m The POST error message contains POST error code For example 0B60 represents the error code in the message 0B60 DIMM group 1 has been disabled IMPORTANT Take a note on the messages displayed before consulting with your service representative Alarm messages are useful information for maintenance On screen error message Recommended action 0200 Failure Fixed Disk Contact your service representative 0230 System RAM Failed 1 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU 0231 Shadow RAM Failed blade 0232 Extend RAM Failed Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 2 Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU blade and then on Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Check installation status of DIMMs Replace the DIMM Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative oOo OW 8 4 Troubleshooting On screen error message Recommended action
201. her DG in the similar procedures After DGs have been defined click Next at the lower right of the screen Physical Dr ives Enclosure XXX 0 110 ONLINE 21212 ONLINE 32 0 1117 ONLINE Z ONLINE OG1 Size XexxxMB 3 ONLINE 3 072122 ONLINE 0 113 ONLINE DG2 4 66 Configuring Your Server 5 Configure RAID10 spanning of RAID1 using the two DGs that have been created in previous step When DGs were defined VD Definition screen is displayed bexaRAID BIOS Confixuration Utility Config Fizard Span Difinition ISIS Span Difinit ion To add array hole to a Span select an array hole from the drop down Click on Add To Span Array hole will be added to the span Array Hole addition can be undone by selecting the Reclaim button Array Pith Free Space 06 0 Hole 0 RO R 1 XXXXKMB X Cancel qm Back m Hext 6 Select DGO from Array With Free Space frame then click Add to SPAN The DG is defined in the Span field to the right Array Pith Free Space 06 1 Ho 1270 RO R1 XXXXXMB Span DG 0 RO R1 XXXXXNB Configuring Your Server 4 67 7 Then select DG1 and click Add to SPAN When the two DGs are defined in the Span field to the right click Next Array Pith Free Space DG 1 Ho 1e20 RO R1 XXKRXMB 1 Span DG 0 RO R1 XXXXXNB DG21 RO R1 XXXXXNB t Reclaim i gt Add to SPAN 8 The VD Definition screen is displayed E
202. hether the reset from remote Reset Enabled console is enabled or disabled Factory set Configuring Your Server 4 25 Event Log Configuration The following screen appears if you select Event Log Configuration on the Server menu and press Enter ES a Event Log Configuration Item Specific Help Clear ALL Event Logs The system event log will be cleared if selecting YES See the table below for the items Option Parameter Description Your Setting Clear All Event Press Enter to clear the system event Logs log Factory set 4 26 Configuring Your Server Boot Move the cursor onto Boot to display the Boot menu The CPU blade searches for devices in the order set in this menu on booting Finding the boot software the CPU blade starts the software 1XBIO t 11 1 Advanced Security Server Item Specific Help USB CD DVD ROM Ie 2a BE 4 DB 6 TE 8 USB FDC NEC USB UFOOOx USB 1 1 USB KEY PCI BEV IBA GE Slot 6D00 v1245 PCI SCSI Bus 02 Dev OE PCI RAID Ad USB HDD PCI BEV IBA GE Slot 6D01 v1245 PCI BEV IBA GE Slot 4B00 v1245 PCI BEV IBA GE Slot 4B01 v1245 Keys used to view or configure devices Up and Down arrows select a device lt gt and lt gt moves the device up or down lt x gt exclude or include the device to boot lt shift 1 gt enables or disables a device The priority of the boot devices can be
203. ical Drive and Physical Device WebBIOS manages Physical Drive by three numbers Connector number Enclosure number Slot number You can view these numbers shown by x x x in Physical Drives box Note however the Connector number is always shown as because it is not supported with this server The Enclosure numbers are represented by a number beginning with 1 and the Slot numbers are represented by a number beginning with 0 Universal RAID Utility manages Physical Device by a number beginning with 1 and ID Enclosure number and Slot number The numbers of physical devices connected to the controller are sorted in ascending order based on ID and assigned number beginning with 1 starting from the smallest number The ID is same value of Connected Port shown in Physical Drives Properties box in WebBIOS Enclosure number and Slot number are assigned with a number beginning with 1 IMPORTANT Note that the slot numbers shown in Physical Drives box of WebBIOS are represented by a number beginning with 0 but those in Universal RAID Utility are represented by a number beginning with 1 Setting of Priority WebBIOS displays and sets Rebuild Priority and Patrol Read Priority Consistency Check Priority of RAID Controller by percentage But Universal RAID Utility uses three levels as High Middle Low for them The setting value of WebBIOS and the display level of Universal RAID Utility Item Setting value of
204. icity Make sure to touch the metal frame of the server to discharge static electricity from your body before handling the components Do not touch the terminals or parts on the components by a bare hand and place the components directly on the desk Make sure that the options are NEC specified optional devices for the blade server If an option can be installed or connected to the server the option may not operate properly and further the server itself may be defected If such an option causes the server to be defected or damaged you will be charged for the repair within the warranty period Do not give excess shocks or vibrations to the hard disk drive Failure to follow it may cause the hard disk drive to be defected The internal option device contains precision component that is easily affected by drastic temperature change If the device is used after storage or relocation make sure that the device is fully adapted to the operating environment m Turn off the cellular phone or pager Radio interference may cause malfunctions of the server Notes on Using Your Server 1 7 TRANSFER TO THIRD PARTY The following must be observed when you transfer or sell the server or software provided with the server to a third party Server Make sure to provide this manual along with the server to a third party IMPORTANT About data on the hard disk drive Be sure to take appropriate measures not to leak important data e g custome
205. ick Start Menu and point Control Panel and click System 2 Click Remote tab and check Allow users to connect remotely to this computer in the Remote desktop section and click OK Installing the Operating System B 29 Windows Server 2003 The setting process is as follows IMPORTANT Set password for the Administrator account in order to use the Remote Desktop for Management 1 Click Start Menu and point Control Panel and click System 2 Click Remote tab and check Allow users to connect remotely to this computer in the Remote desktop section and click OK B 30 Installing the Operating System SETUP OF DEVICE DRIVER NORMALLY INSTALLED IN SERVER For the installation and setup of each optional device driver refer to the documentation shipped with the option PROSet NOTES m All of the operation that related to Intel PROSet is must be executed by administrator privileges Operation by Remote Desktop Connection is prohibited Without changing any parameter when opened the properties of adapter teaming please click the Cancel button to close the dialog Clicking the OK button will cause temporary loss of network connectivity m It is recommend to add Network Monitor at Adding Services Network Monitor can monitor the frame or the packet that the computer installing Network Monitor sends or receives This tool is valuable when analyzing network trouble For info
206. ick Teaming tab and check the Team this adapter with other adapters check box Click New Team 4 Fill the name of the team in Specify a name for the team and click Next 5 Include the adapter to the team and click next IMPORTANT Do not include the member adapter over than two 6 Select a team type Adapter Fault Tolerance Adaptive Load Balancing Click next 7 Click Finish 8 Click TEAM Team name from Device manager gt Network adapters to modify the team Click Settings tab and click Modify Team button 9 Refer to the following procedure to set the team member adapter priority status Set Primary Point the adapter and click Set Primary button Set Secondary Point the adapter and click Set Secondary button NOTE Adapter priority config can be confirmed by the following procedure 1 Click TEAM Team name from Device manager gt Network adapters 2 Click Settings and confirm Adapters in team list 10 Click Test Switch gt Run test to confirm the adapter team is properly setup Confirm the result in Test results 11 Reboot the system Installing the Operating System B 37 When the system is Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions Windows Server 2003 IMPORTANT AFT ALB setting must be do after System Update completed 1 Open the Device Manager Open Network adapters gt Intel R xxx properties Click Teaming tab and check the Team thi
207. ide the required file space into multiple disks by performing the steps below 1 Set the system partition size to a size sufficient to install the OS and paging file 2 See Setting for Solving Problems to write the debug information of the dump file onto another disk If there is not enough disk space to write the debug information add another disk for the dump file B 4 Installing the Operating System When the system is Windows Server 2008 32 bit x86 Edition Required partition size size required to install OS paging file size dump file size application size Size required to install OS 6 300MB Full Installation or 2 200MB Server Core Installation Paging file size recommended Installed memory size x 1 5 Dump file size Installed memory size 300MB Application size Required size IMPORTANT m The above mentioned paging file size is recommended for collecting debug information memory dump The paging file with initial size large enough to store the dump file in the boot drive is required Correct debug information might not be able to be collected due to virtual memory shortage when the paging file is insufficient so set an enough size of the paging file with the entire system m The maximum paging file size which can be set on one partition is 4095MB If the above paging file size exceeds 4095MB specify 4095MB for the paging file size m The maximum dump file size for the system with more tha
208. ified with the BIOS setup utility of the CPU blade Use the BIOS setup utility to change the boot device order to boot the system from the optical disk drive first lt Menu to check Boot gt Q If Os installation default is selected at Boot selection menu following message is displayed After this message appears check the error and take the appropriate corrective action according to the message listed in the table below Message Cause This EXPRESSBUILDER version was not This NEC EXPRESSBUILDER designed for this computer version is not designed for this server Insert the correct version and click OK Execute the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER When you click OK the computer reboots on the compliant server EXPRESSBUILDER could not get the This message is shown when NEC hardware parameters written in this EXPRESSBUILDER could not find motherboard system specific information because This version is not designed for this computer of mother board exchange and so on or the motherboard may be broken When you click OK the computer reboots The hardware parameters written in this motherboard are incorrect This version is not designed for this computer or the motherboard may be broken Troubleshooting 8 55 Problems with Express Setup The system partition is created by size smaller than specified value In Express Setup there are some cases that the system partition is created by size a
209. ig all for the MS DOS prompt or from Run in the Start menu to see the indicated physical address part m Linux Enter ifconfig for the prompt to see the indicated Hwaddr Installing DIMM If your CPU blade is not equipped with memory device install DIMMs according to Chapter 9 Two DIMMs must be populated in pair 3 4 Setting Up Your Server INSTALLING THE CPU BLADE Install the CPU blade in the dedicated Blade Enclosure Refer to the User s Guide of Blade Enclosure for how to install the CPU blade IMPORTANT The CPU blade is extremely sensitive to static electricity Make sure to touch the metal frame of the CPU blade to discharge static electricity from your body before handling the CPU blade Do not touch the pins leads or circuitry and place the CPU blade directly on the desk For static notes see Anti static Measures in Chapter 9 INSTALLING THE HARD DISK DRIVE Install a hard disk drive according to the procedure described in Chapter 9 IMPORTANT m The hard disk drive is extremely sensitive to static electricity Make sure to touch the metal frame of the CPU blade to discharge static electricity from your body before handling the hard disk drive Do not touch the pins leads or circuitry and place the hard disk drive directly on the desk For static notes see Anti static Measures in Chapter 9 m Some hard disk drive may contain operating system Strict care must be taken when handling it m
210. indicated as UNCONF GOOD in the right frame of the Top Menu Physical Drives Enclosure XH 11 0 DSO OH LIWE soos ld B Oh 1 1 OS 0 OH LIHE gt i 0 1 2 DGD HLIHE 0 1 3 UHD HE es Ds Virtual Drives WD 0 RAD 3 Vv MB optim Select VD 0 already been constructed in Virtual Drives Configuring Your Server 4 79 3 Setting menu for VD 0 is displayed bezaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility irtwal Disk X ISEK Alem of 2 Proper tres Remove physical d ive RAID Level X State Optimal Size MMARMS WE Strip Size WW KB Pf icies Access RW 7 Read Hormal Y hh Disk Wite Wack Y Disable Migr at ion only Cache C Use wthru for failure or missing battery RAID 6 T Disable Bi No OF 1 0 Direct Migr at ion with addition Change 01737 MERE MB therstrars Del Locate Fast Init Slow Init Fl c e Reset Ry Go Go cs 4 80 Configuring Your Server 4 On the right of the screen items required for reconstruction are displayed oP So Remove physical debe Information of HDDs in the disk group in which a VD is defined Mp rattan an ke Migration Only Allows change of RAID RAID E 7 level Migration with addition bration wih addition Allows addition of hard disk drive and change of 21232 MARRE WB RAID level Select Migration with addition Specify the RAID level used after reconstruction Select a HDD to be added When yo
211. indow Click Change on the Virtual memory group box Modify Initial Size in the Paging file size for selected drive box to the value larger than the value of Recommended in the Total paging file size for all drives and click Set IMPORTANT m The above mentioned paging file size is recommended for collecting debug information memory dump The paging file with initial size large enough to store the dump file in the boot drive is required Correct debug information might not be able to be collected due to virtual memory shortage when the paging file is insufficient so set an enough size of the paging file with the entire system m For more information on Recommended value see About the System Partition Size described earlier m Incase the memory is expanded re specify the paging file to suit the new memory size 9 Click OK The message to restart the system may appear according to the modified specification In such case follow the message to restart the system Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 5 29 Windows Dr Watson Windows Dr Watson is a debugger for application errors If any application error is detected Dr Watson diagnoses the server and logs diagnostic information log Follow the procedure below and specify Dr Watson to collect diagnostic information 1 2 Click Run on Start menu Type drwtsn32 exe in the Open box and click OK The Dr Watson
212. ing on the Mirrored Volume Windows Server 2008 When re installing the OS to a hard disk drive which has been upgraded to Dynamic Disk only the simple dynamic volume is available for installation If you want to install the OS on a volume that is mirrored using Disk Management invalidate the mirroring and reset to the basic disk before the installation and validate the mirroring again after the installation You can create invalidate or delete the mirror volume by using Disk Management in Computer Management B 2 Installing the Operating System Re installation to Dynamic Disk When the system is Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition or Windows Server 2003 In the re installation to the hard disk drive upgraded to a dynamic disk one or more partitions other than the partition in which OS is to be installed may exist and you may desire to leave the partitions If so note the followings lt Example gt C XX XX GB NTFS Normal System D XX XX GB NTFS Normal System Data area when leaving this partition is desired m As the partition in which OS will be installed select the partition in which OS has been installed previously m Select Use current file system as it is no change for the format of the OS partition Installing the Operating System B 3 About the System Partition Size When the system is Windows Server 2008 64 bit x64 Edition Required partition size size required to install OS
213. ink from the socket IMPORTANT Keep the removed CPU cover for future use 9 10 Upgrading Your Server 10 Lift the socket lever IMPORTANT Open the lever until it stops The lever can be opened by 120 degrees or larger 11 Put the CPU on the socket carefully and slowly NOTE Note the direction of the CPU To prevent the CPU from being inserted into the mating socket incorrectly a pin mark is put on each of the CPU and the socket Check the pin marks to insert the CPU into the socket correctly Pin marks Upgrading Your Server 9 11 12 Push the CPU lightly to the socket and push down the lever to fix the CPU to the socket NaN 13 Put the heat sink on the CPU carefully NOTE Make sure of the orientation of the heat sink Install a DIMM so that the convex portion of the heat sink faces the DIMM socket side 9 12 Upgrading Your Server 14 Tighten the four screws to secure the heat sink IMPORTANT Temporarily tighten the four screws on cater corner then tighten them securely x V REN NAN Ws Y Y 15 Make sure that the heat sink is level with the processor board and make sure gt sink is not level remove it IMPORTANT If the heat that the CPU is installed correctly Install the components having been removed 16 17 S
214. installation status of DIMMs on SAS unit Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 41 LAMPS The CPU blade includes lamps to indicate the CPU blade states by a variety of colors and display patterns on the front panel hard disk drive and power supply See Indications of STATUS lamp their meanings and actions against the indications in Chapter 2 for details 8 42 Troubleshooting SOLVING PROBLEMS When the CPU blade fails to operate as expected see the following to find out your problem and follow the instruction given before asking for repair If the CPU blade still fails to operate successfully after solving your problem take a note on the on screen message and contact your service representative CPU Blade Fail to power on m Is the proper power supplied to the system Make sure that the power cord is connected to an AC outlet or UPS meeting the power standard of the Blade Enclosure Use the power cord shipped with the Blade Enclosure In addition make sure that the outer cover of the power cord is not broken and the cord at the plug is not bent gt Make sure that the breaker of the connected outlet is set to ON Ifthe power cord is connect to the UPS make sure that the power of the UPS is set to ON and proper power is output from the UPS Refer to the manual shipped with the UPS for details Ma
215. ion 134 Microsoft Windows Time Service Warning NtpClient was unable to set a manual peer to use as a time source because of DNS resolution error on time windows com 0x9 NtpClient will try again in 15 minutes and double the reattempt interval thereafter The error was No such host is known 0x80072AF9 263 PlugPlayManager Warning The service ShellHWDetection may not have unregistered for device event notifications before it was stopped 7000 Service Control Manager Error The Parallel port driver service failed to start due to the following error The service cannot be started either because it is disabled or because it has no enabled devices associated with it 15016 Microsoft Windows Http Error Unable to initialize the security package Kerberos for server side authentication The data field contains the error number These events do not affect system operation Ignore these messages 8 50 Troubleshooting The following application events are logged when Windows Server 2008 is installed Event ID Source Level Description 63 Microsoft Windows WMI Warning A provider Ncs2 has been registered in the Windows Management Instrumentation namespace Root cimv2 to use the LocalSystem account This account is privileged and the provider may cause a security violation if it does not correctly impersonate user requests A provider IntelEthernetDiag has been registered in the Windows Managemen
216. ions The SETUP utility has the following six major menus m Main m Advanced m Security m Server m Boot m Exit To set minute functions select a submenu from the above menus The following describes available functions and parameters as well as the factory set for each menu Configuring Your Server 4 9 Main Start the SETUP utility to display the Main menu PhoenixB10S Setup Utility Ea Main LOVEA Security Server Boot Exit Item Specific Help System Time 04 17 32 System Date 06 16 2007 lt Tab gt lt Shift Tab gt or lt Enter gt selects field gt Processor Settings F1 Help t Select Item Change Values F9 Setup Defaults Esc Exit G Select Menu Enter Select Sub Menu F10 Save and Exit Available options in the Main menu are listed below Option Parameter Description Your Setting System Time HH MM SS Shows the current time System Date MM DD YYYY Shows the current date I Factory set IMPORTANT If the system clock is remarkably delayed or advanced as the passage of time in spite of adjustment contact your service representative for maintenance 4 10 Configuring Your Server Processor Settings If you select Processor Settings on the Main menu the screen shown below appears PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility SL Processor Settings Item Specific Help Processor Retest Processor Speed Setting CPUID L2 Cache L3 Cache Processor Processor
217. is not equipped with CPU To reinstall the CPU having been removed the cool sheet should be replaced with a new one Contact you service representative 9 14 Upgrading Your Server DIMM The DIMM Dual Inline Memory Module is inserted into the DIMM socket on the CPU blade The CPU blade includes 16 DIMM sockets Install or remove two DIMMs in pair IMPORTANT m The DIMM is easily affected by static electricity Handle the DIMM after making your body contact with a metallic frame section of the server to discharge the static electricity on your body Do not make bare hands contact with terminals and components on the DIMM In addition do not put the DIMM on a desk directly See Static Precautions for details of the static electricity m Do not use any DIMM not approved by NEC If an unapproved third party s DIMM is installed in the server not only the DIMM but also the CPU blade may be defected You will be charged by any repair of a malfunction or defect caused by such a device within the warranty period m DIMMs for the CPU unit must be populated in a pair Install DIMMs in ascending order of the slot number Installed DIMMs must be the same speed and specification The CPU blade does not operate if DIMMs of different specifications are installed in a single bank m Whole capacity of installed memory may not be detected due to restriction of Windows Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition 4GB up to 3 6GB Windows
218. issue in advance so that your computer can recover from any trouble precisely and as soon as possible when it should occur Memory Dump Debug Information This section describes the procedures for collecting memory dump debug information in the server IMPORTANT Cautions for the Memory Dump m The staff of maintenance service representative is in charge of collecting memory dump Customers need only to specify the memory dump m If any trouble occur after specifying the process below the message to inform that the system is in short of virtual memory may appear but continue to start the system If you restart the system in such case memory dump may not be stored correctly Follow the procedure below to specify 1 Select Control Panel and click System The System Properties dialog box appears Select Advanced tab Click Settings on the Startup and Recovery group box Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 5 27 IMPORTANT Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions To specify Complete Memory Dump to write the debug information is recommended If the mounted memory size is larger than 2GB Complete Memory Dump cannot be specified so that specify Kernel Memory Dump instead Specify the drive where there is a free area more than the size of the memory capacity mounted on Express server 1MB In case the mounted memory size exceeds 2GB due to the added memory change the write debuggin
219. itch to turn on the CPU blade Check installation status of failed mezzanine card Replace the failed mezzanine card Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Resource conflict I ND nA Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Check installation status of mezzanine card Replace the mezzanine card Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Expansion Rom not initialize jon BR WD oOo Ww Run BIOS SETUP Select Advanced PCI Configuration or Advanced PCI Configuration Onboard NIC and change Option ROM Scan to Disabled for the device of which use frequency of option ROM is low Then select Exit Exit SavingChanges Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Check installation status of mezzanine card Replace the mezzanine card Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 19 On screen error message Recommended action Invalid System Configura
220. iversal RAID Utility Background Initialize The server does not support Background Initialize feature Reconstruction The Reconstruction feature is used to change configuration and or RAID level of existing virtual disk The Reconstruction contains the following three features however the onboard RAID Controller MegaRAID ROMB supports Migration with addition only IMPORTANT You can use WebBIOS for Reconstruction Universal RAID Utility does not support Reconstruction Removed physical drive Unsupported Migration only Unsupported Configuring Your Server 4 37 Migration with addition Use this feature to add HDDs to existing virtual disk The execution patterns are as shown below a Number of HDDs to be added Before execution After execution RAID Number of RAID Number of Description level HDDs level HDDs RAIDO x RAIDO x ta Capacity increased equivalent to a HDDs RAIDO 1 RAID1 2 Capacity remains unchanged RAIDO x RAIDS x ta Capacity increased equivalent to a 1 HDDs RAID1 2 RAIDO 2 a Capacity increased equivalent to a 1 HDDs RAID1 2 RAID5 2 a Capacity increased equivalent to a HDDs RAID5 x RAIDO x a Capacity increased equivalent to a 1 HDDs RAID5 x RAID5S x ta Capacity increased equivalent to a HDDs IMPORTANT Note the following for the Reconstruction Be sure to make backup copy of data and perform Consistency Check before starting Rec
221. ke sure that the CPU blade is installed correctly The CPU blade BIOS SETUP utility allows you to set the feature for power link with the UPS lt Menus to check AC LINK in Server menu gt Does the Blade Enclosure contain the required number of power units Refer to the User s Guide of Blade Enclosure for the required number of power units Has the EM card been initialized Ifthe EM card is not initialized the power unit does not supply the power to the CPU blade Does the Blade Enclosure contain the required number of fans in proper location Refer to the User s Guide of Blade Enclosure for the required number of fans and their installation locations Have the CPU blade including mezzanine card and switch modules been installed in proper position Refer to the User s Guide of Blade Enclosure for proper installation locations Troubleshooting 8 43 Q Did you turn on the power of Blade Enclosure within 30 seconds after AC power is supplied to each power unit Initialization of BMC takes about 30 seconds after AC power is supplied to the CPU blade After making sure that the AC power is supplied to the CPU blade the POWER lamp lit amber wait for about 30 seconds or longer then turn on the power of Blade Enclosure by using the POWER switch Immediately after the power is supplied to the CPU blade the CPU blade in the slot having the larger number is delayed Initialization of BMC is per
222. l 202020202020208 252525 2625626262 820 OM ON ODOT 070 000000000 0 0 0020000009090990 0 0300P 0 R808 080808080808 90809 O20209 0868 O O OOOD 2 345678910 11 14 12 13 10 Hard disk drive Slots 0 1 2 and 3 from left to right POWER lamp The lamp goes on green when the CPU blade is powered on The lamp goes on amber when the CPU blade is powered off but the power is supplied from the power supply unit POWER switch The switch is intended to turn on or off the power of the CPU blade itself Pressing the switch for 4 seconds or longer causes the power supply to be turned off forcibly STATUS lamp green amber red The lamp indicates the status of the CPU blade See Lamp Indications described later for the indications and meanings of the lamp DUMP switch Press this switch to run the memory dump LAN1 Link Access lamp green The lamp goes on when LAN port 1 is connected to the network The lamp flashes when data is being transmitted RESET switch Press this switch to reset the CPU blade LAN2 Link Access lamp green The lamp lights when LAN port 2 is connected to the network The lamp flashes when data is being transmitted ID switch Press this switch to turn on or off the ID lamp ID lamp blue The lamp is intended to identify the CPU blade in the system The lamp is lit by a switch or software command When the recognize command is received from software the lamp flashes If you press the ID swi
223. l installation of Windows Server 2008 is completed the following dialog box will prompt you to set or change the password before you log on Click OK 3 The user s password must be changed before logging on the first time OK Cancel a i Windows Server 2008 Standard 2 Change the password and then click the Next button Administrator Rewpesword Confirm password a Create a password reset disk Cancel ai i Windows Server 2008 Standard NOTE The Windows Server 2008 password must combine uppercase letters lowercase letters and numbers 3 When the following message appears click OK to log on Your password has been changed OK a in Windows Server 2008 Standard B 18 Installing the Operating System 4 On the Initial Configuration Tasks window enter user information Ey Initial Configuration Tasks ii Perform the following tasks to initially configure this server Provide Computer Information a Specifying computer information of Set time zone Time Zone GMT 08 00 Pacific Time US Canada A Configure networking Local Area Connection Not connected Local Area Connection 2 Not connected A Provide computer name and Full Computer Name WIN LBSQS6EYDEC domain Workgroup WORKGROUP Update This Server Updating your Windows server BR Enable automatic updating and Updates Not configured feedback Feedback Windows Eror Reporting off Not pa
224. l that comes with the RAID controller 7 2 Maintenance SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS The System Diagnostics runs several tests on the CPU blade Select Tool menu Test and diagnostics in the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER to diagnose the system Test Items The following items are tested in system diagnostics m Memory m CPU cache memory m Hard disk drive used as a system IMPORTANT When executing the System Diagnostics make sure to disconnect the CPU blade from the network Executing the System Diagnostics with the CPU blade being connected to the network the network may be influenced NOTE On checking the hard disk drive no data is written into the disk Maintenance 7 3 Startup and Exit of System Diagnostics There are two ways to diagnose the CPU blade to use the local console keyboard connected to the Blade Enclosure and to use the management PC via serial port remote console IMPORTANT Two methods of LAN and the serial port are mentioned in MAINTENANCE TOOLS of Chapter 8 Troubleshooting in the way of communicating in remote console Use the serial port to execute System Diagnostics with remote console The LAN connection is not for System Diagnostics Procedures to start the diagnostics program are as follows 1 2 Shutdown the OS and turn off the CPU blade Disconnect all the LAN cables from the Blade Enclosure If the switch module is connected with the Blade Enclosure remove all the L
225. laced run BIOS SETUP and restarting the CPU blade select Main Processor Settings Processor Retest Yes then select Exit Exit Saving Changes OBD1 1st SMBus device Error detected A Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU blade and then on Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative 8 12 Troubleshooting On screen error message Recommended action OBD4 2nd SMBus device Error detected OBD7 3rd SMBus device Error detected OBDA 4th SMBus device Error detected OBDD 5th SMBus device Error detected OBEO 6th SMBus device Error detected 8120 Unsupported DIMM detected in DIMM group 1 8121 Unsupport
226. layed 4 74 Configuring Your Server 4 Select Make Global HSP or Make Dedicated HSP on the lower part of the screen and then click Go on the lower center of the screen HegaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Physical Drive 2 xip fol El Gal 2 Revision 3 r GO Enclosure ID Slot Nunber Device Type loys Connected Port Hedia Errors Pred Fail Count SAS Address Physical Drive State Coerced Size ae oe ese b cr Encl 0 Slot 2 x s 5 When Rebuild Progress is displayed click Home at the lower left of the screen to go back to WebBIOS Top Menu Hega RAID BI ility Physical Drive 2 Ale El Ge 2 Revision pm S E Enclosure ID o Slot Hunber IMPORTANT Click Home while the background task such as Consistency Check Rebuild or Reconstruction is being executed With the progress indication being displayed the background task may be processed at slow rate Configuring Your Server 4 75 Setting Hot Spare Described below are procedures based on assumption Add a HDD to a RAIDS virtual disk configured with three HDDs and assign a newly added HDD as Hot Spare 1 Start WebBIOS Make sure that the status for the added HDD is indicated as UNCONF GOOD in the right frame of the Top Menu Physical Drives 0 OS 0 OM LIME WAK 1 05 0 SH LIME gt 21 2 DS 0 GMLIME 1120 UHO HF Soe D ot ld Bi Virtual Drves WOO RAD 5 ve M
227. led automatically Please follow the following procedure when you want to reinstall the driver individually 1 Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the optical disk drive If the autorun menu is displayed close menu screen 2 Click Start menu point to Programs Accessories and click Windows Explorer 3 Run setup exe in the following directory 002 win winnt dotnet video install bat 4 Follow the message to continue the installation If the dialog message Digital Signature could not been found appears select Yes to continue 5 Remove the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD from the optical disk drive restart the system Installing N8403 018 FibreChannel Controller If you utilize FibreChannel Controller driver N8403 018 update your system with NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD attached to your system The FibreChannel Controller driver will be installed automatically Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 5 25 Available switch options for Windows Server 2003 Boot ini file Many different switches will be available if you edit Boot ini file For the available switch options refer to the following information m Microsoft Knowledge Base Article ID 833721 Available switch options for the Windows XP and the Windows Server 2003 Boot ini files If your system has a memory capacity in excess of 4GB in its installing adding PAE switch in Boot ini file will enable the system to be installed with over 4GB of memory
228. line help window Setup item menu Parameter high lights upon selection menu Explanation of key functions Cursor f Selects an item on the screen The highlighted item is currently selected Cursor lt Selects the Main Advanced Security Server Boot or Exit menu and Changes the value parameter of the selected item When a submenu option an option preceded by is selected these keys are disabled Enter Press Enter to select determine parameters Esc Displays the previous screen F1 Press F1 when you need help on SETUP operations The help screen for SETUP operations appears Press Esc to return to the previous screen F9 Sets the parameter of the currently displayed item back to the factory set parameter F10 Save and exit the SETUP utility 4 4 Configuring Your Server Configuration Examples The following describes examples of configuration required to use software link features or for system operations Date and Time To change system date or time Select Main System Time and System Date Set the correct date and time before running the system Link with Management Software To control power supply of the CPU blade with NEC ESMPRO Manager via the network Select Advanced Advanced Chipset Control Wake On LAN PME Enabled Boot To change the boot order of devices connected to the CPU blade Select Boot and specify the boot order To displa
229. lity For further information ask your service representative The Off line Maintenance Utility provides the following features IPMI Information Viewer Provides the functions to view the system event log SEL sensor data record SDR and filed replaceable unit FRU and to make a backup copy of them Using this feature you can find system errors and events to determine a maintenance part BIOS Setup Viewer Provides the functions to export the current configuration data defined with the SETUP utility to a text file System Information Viewer Provides the functions to view information on the processor and the BIOS and export it to a text file System Information Management Provides the function to make a back up copy of your data Without the backup data the system specific information and or configuration may not be restored Only the authorized personnel is allowed to restore the backup data System Management The parameters of BMC Baseboard Management Controller are set for remote control and alert Troubleshooting 8 65 m BIOS FW Updating This menu allows you to update the software module such as BIOS and firmware of the server by using the update disk 3 5 inch floppy disk that is distributed from NEC customer service representative After rebooting the system an update program is started automatically from floppy disk and the various BIOS and firmware programs are updated IMPOR
230. llation of 40 minutes NEC ESMPRO Agent Set this 45 minutes item to Disabled if ARCServe 50 minutes uses the Disaster Recovery 55 minutes Option 60 minutes Thermal Sensor Disabled Indicates whether the temperature Enabled sensor monitoring function is enabled or disabled BMC IRQ Disabled Indicates the IRQ of the BMC IRQ 11 interrupt Post Error Pause Disabled Indicates whether POST is aborted Enabled once at the end of POST if an error occurs during the execution of POST AC LINK Stay Off Indicates the AC LINK feature Last State Shows the state when the power of Power On the CPU blade is supplied again See the table below Factory set The table below shows the operation when the AC power to the server is turn off once and then on again depending on the setting of AC LINK System status before AC power off Setting of AC LINK Stay Off Last State Power On Operating Off On On Aborting DC power being off also Off Off On Forced shutdown Off Off On Press the POWER switch continuously for four seconds or longer This forcibly turns off the power Configuring Your Server 4 23 System Management The following screen appears if you select System Management on the Server menu and press Enter PhoenixB10S Setup Utility System Management Item Specific Help BIOS Revision 1 0 3031 Board Part Number 243 632178 Board Serial Number 123456708 System Par
231. m OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 3 Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade 4 Replace the CPU blade 5 If the same error persists contact your service representative 0B71 System Temperature out 1 Check if fans in Blade Enclosure work normally of the range 2 Refer to the User s Guide of the Blade Enclosure to make sure that the sufficient number of fans are installed in correct locations 3 Check if the fans and CPU blades are installed in correct locations 4 Check installation status of heat sink of the CPU blade 5 Check if the ambient temperature of installation location satisfies the operation guarantee condition 6 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 7 Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU blade and then on Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to powe
232. m the parameters modify if necessary and then click Next EN Engish Unted States 3 NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Mu Enter Enter Select Win Select Save Start Step maak domaid dows cht eT pacinetto um E protocol accoumt ponents tions setup Select an application to be installed The Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP setting is required to install che NEC ESMPRO Agent In case you are using a disk driver which is not included in EXPRESSBUILDER select Apply OEM Disk for mass storage device List of application Selected applications NEC ESMPRO Agent Universal RAID Utility Apply OEM Disk for mass storage device Add gt gt lt lt Delete Back C next Top Default Version 5 XX XXX XX XXX 14 Save the parameters Save parameters steps are displayed NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Enter Enter Select Win Select Save Start Step network domaid dows c r applica parimet Eset protocol account ponents tions i setup Ifyou Selec Ifyou do not he drive letter of the parameters file into the text box and click Next lect Do not save parameters tto save the parameter Do not save to the RAM drive the Windows RE partition or the System partition Donctsave parameters Browse Save parameters Back Next Top Version 5 XX XXX XX XXX If you want to save the parameters set the free formatted floppy disk Select Save p
233. mation Administrator C Windows system32 cmd_exe C Users administrator gt NOTE For more detailed procedure see the Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Step By Step Guide After installations is completed be sure to execute the tasks described in Setup of Device Driver Normally Install in Server and Updating the System of this chapter Installing the Operating System B 21 Procedure for License Authentication Product Key used in the procedure for license authentication should be matched with the COA label in which the product key contained in Windows Server 2008 is written NOTES m Execute the activation within 30 days System may be locked after 30 days is passed m COA label may be attached to the main unit Installing and Setting Device Drivers Follow these steps to install and configure the device drivers Installing Fibre Channel Controller Driver N8403 018 If you utilize Fibre Channel controller driver N8403 018 update your system with NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD attached to your system The Fibre Channel controller driver will be installed automatically B 22 Installing the Operating System Installation of Windows Server 2003 R2 x64 Editions This section explains how to perform a clean installation of Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions 1 2 Turn on the power to start the CPU blade Insert the Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition CD ROM into the USB DVD ROM drive connected
234. mend you to create Parameter file to setup the servers from NEC EXPRESSBUILDER When using a floppy disk a USB floppy disk drive is required IMPORTANT You can not create Parameter file for Microsoft Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions NOTE You can install Windows Server 2003 without Parameter file Also you can modify newly create Parameter file during the setup with NEC EXPRESSBUILDER 6 8 Installing and Using Utilities Parameter File This section describes about specifying setup information that is necessary for OS installation and creating Parameter file Follow the procedure below IMPORTANT Do not remove NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD from drive during a parameter file creation Start the OS 2 Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the optical disk drive The menu will appear 3 Right click on the screen or left click Setup Windows The menu will appear ET xi NEC EXPRESSBUILDER SS ww Installing and Using Utilities 6 9 Click Parameter File Creator CE EE x NER EXPRESSBUILDER Menu items gt Read documents D A A in ale Seiupsiilindoiionn gt Create drivers disk Setup software R Close Menu Parameter File Creator will appear Parameter File Creator 6 10 Installing and Using Utilities 5 Load Parameters step is displayed Select Do not load parameters from the menu click Next
235. mn of the screen will be blank Use this menu only when a hard disk drive exists 4 50 Configuring Your Server Physical Drives When you click Physical Disks on WebBIOS Top Menu the screen for operating the physical drive HDD appears MegaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Physical Disks 0 1 0 UNCO NF GOO D OOK X 0 1 1 UNCONF GOOD X 0 1 2 UNCONF GOO D OOOKX Rebuild Properties Go Ez Reset IMPORTANT If no hard disk drive exists the upper right column of the screen will be blank Use this menu only when a hard disk drive exists Configuring Your Server 4 51 Physical Drives Properties Take the following procedures to check Physical Drive Properties Shown below is an example to check property of physical drive 0 0 0 1 Click the Physical Drive you want to check 2 Click the checkbox for Properties 3 Click Go MegaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Physical Drives fo Bl ISEK LeEnclosure 2 1 0 DG0 ONLINE xxxxx MB xxxxx MB DGO ONLINE xxxxx MB DGO ONLINE xxxxx MB DG0 ONLINE xxxxx MB eee Waste C Rebuild Properties 4 52 Configuring Your Server Configuration Wizard Use this wizard to configure a RAID system using the HDDs connected The detailed explanation of this feature is given in Configuring Virtual Disk Adapter Selection Clicking Adapter Selection on WebBIOS top menu opens the Adapter Selectio
236. n Physical Drives WebB 10S E Ada i Virtual Drives SAS SEAGATE ST336754SS Firmware Version 0002 Serial Number 3KQ0525P 33GB Online Normal Property of Physical Device in Universal RAID Utility Configuring Your Server 4 41 Using WebBIOS Starting WebBIOS 1 Press Esc when the screen as shown below appears after powered on the server Press lt F2 gt to enter Setup lt F12 gt Network 2 Press Ctrl H on POST screen to start WebBIOS POST screen image with no virtual disk assigned LSI MegaRAID SAS MFI BIOS Version XXXX Build MMM DD YYYY Copyright c xxxx LSI Corporation HA X Bus X Dev X MegaRAID SAS PCI 8708EM2 FW package X X X XXXX X Logical Drive s found on the host adapter X Logical Drive s handled by BIOS Press lt Ctrl gt lt H gt for WebBIOS IMPORTANT Do not press unnecessary key such as Pause during POST m If you fail to press Ctrl H and the system proceeds without displaying the WebBIOS main menu shown on the next page reboot the system and press Ctrl H on POST screen 4 42 Configuring Your Server Main Menu Shown below is Adapter Selection screen that appears first on WebBIOS Select a controller to operate WebBIOS and click Start Adapter Selection MegaRAID SAS 8708EM2 X XX XX XXXX Configuring Your Server 4 43 When the adapter is selected on Adapter Selection
237. n screen again Physical View Logical View If the virtual disk has been configured using the RAID Controller DG disk group is displayed on WebBIOS Top Menu Clicking Physical View displays information for HDDs in DG Clicking Logical View displays virtual disk in DG Events The Events screen is used to confirm the system events IMPORTANT The onboard RAID controller does not support Events feature Configuring Your Server 4 53 Exit When you click Exit on WebBIOS Top Menu a confirmation screen to exit from WebBIOS is displayed Click Yes to exit from WebBIOS Exit Configuration as ety Exit Application The screen as shown below appears when WebBIOS is terminated Restart the server Please Reboot your System 4 54 Configuring Your Server Configuring Virtual Disk This section describes the procedures for configuration of VD virtual disk using WebBIOS Configuration Wizard When you click Configuration Wizard on WebBIOS Top Menu the screen as shown below appears Select the relevant operation and click Next at lower right of the screen MegaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Configuration Wizard 155 Corfi guration Wizard guides youthrough the steps for corfigurationthe MegaRAID System easily and efficiently The steps are as follows 1 Array definitions Group physical drives into arrays 2 Virtual Disk definitions Deine virtual disks using those arrays 3 Conigurati
238. n 2GB memory mounted is 2048MB 300MB m If you install any application program or the like add necessary space to the partition to install these programs Example The partition size required for a system with an installed memory size of 512 MB and a full installation of the operating system 6 300MB 512MB x 1 5 512MB 300MB application size 7 880MB application size If the partition where the operating system is installed is smaller than that required to install the OS and paging file expand the partition size or utilize a larger disk If your system does not have a sufficient dump file size divide the required file space into multiple disks by performing the steps below 1 Set the partition size to a size sufficient to install the OS and paging file 2 See Setting for Solving Problems to write the debug information of the dump file onto another disk If there is not enough disk space to write the debug information add another disk for the dump file Installing the Operating System B 5 When the system is Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions The size for the partition that the system is to be installed can be calculated from the following formula Size necessary to install the system Paging File Size Dump File Size Application Size Size necessary to install the system 4100MB Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions 4100MB Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions with Service Pack2 5900MB Windows Serve
239. n this User s Guide contact the service representative where you purchased this product 5 NEC assumes no liability arising from the use of this product nor any liability for incidental or consequential damages arising from the use of this User s Guide regardless of Item 4 PREFACE Welcome to the NEC Express5800 BladeServer series server The NEC Express5800 BladeServer holds powerful performance and employs the latest technology to implement a computer for the next generation With its potential capabilities the server may be used as the workstation PC that configures a client server system and provides high speed processing and superior reliability Read this User s Guide thoroughly to fully understand handling of the server and appreciate its functions to the maximum extent ABOUT THIS USER S GUIDE This User s Guide is a guide for proper setup and use of the server This User s Guide also covers useful procedures for dealing with difficulties and problems that may arise during setup or operation of the server Keep this manual for future use The following describes how to proceed with this User s Guide How to Use This User s Guide To aid you in finding information quickly this User s Guide contains the following information Chapter 1 Notes on Using Your Server includes information that needs attention to use the CPU blade Make sure to read this chapter before setting up and using the CPU blade It also include
240. nclosure turn off the power and remove all the power cords from the Blade Enclosure 2 20 General Description Device Identification To identify the device to be maintained among more than one device ID lamp is used The ID lamp is located on the CPU blade installed in the Blade Enclosure The ID lamp allows you to identify the device subject to maintenance among more than one CPU blade installed in the Blade Enclosure The ID lamp on CPU blade can also be made flashed blue by proper software commands from the management PC on the network In addition pressing the ID switch on the CPU blade brings the ID lamp to light o es O0 z i sass RRE D D PE E E E RE ABER 308 20 0 O 808080209 omo 80802030 a 0A 09090809090808 ID lamp Chapter 3 Setting Up Your Server This chapter describes how to set up the server appropriate for your system on a step by step basis 3 2 Setting Up Your Server BEFORE INSTALLING CPU BLADE Be sure to check the MAC addresses before installing a CPU blade in the Blade Enclosure Check of MAC Address A MAC address indicates the address specific for the network It is expressed by 12 digit alphanumeric Each of the CPU blade has four MAC addresses Check the MAC addresses before installing a CPU blade in the Blade Enclosure A MAC address is indicated in the area as shown in the figure below
241. nd checking memory 2Ah Zero Clear of memory 2Ch Address line test of memory 2Eh Data line test of memory OAh Initializing processor 2Fh Setting cache for processor 38h Shadowing system BIOS 67h Initializing application processor 69h Initializing SMI 49h Initializing PCI device Resource assignment 55h Initializing USB 4Ah Initializing video controller 4Ch Shadowing video BIOS 59h Initializing display feature of POST C6h Initializing console redirection feature 4Eh Displaying copyright 50h Displaying processor information 60h Test for expanded memory 62h Address test for expanded memory 68h Configuring cache 6Ah Displaying cache size 87h Configuring I O device 98h Expanding option ROM of PCI device 93h Configuring multi processor 9Ch Setting up SMI BAh Initializing SMBIOS C3h Displaying POST error 8 22 Troubleshooting POST progress code Description ACh Starting BIOS SETUP BOh Checking POST error BDh Displaying Boot menu 97h Creating MP table COh Starting boot process Other Messages DIMM 1 Err Prepare To Boot AmbientTempAlmO Messages displayed on upper line When STATUS lamp is lighting in green On screen Description Action message Prepare To Boot POST completes normally This is not an error When STATUS lamp is flashing in red On screen message Description Recommended action ErrPause in POST The syst
242. ndows Server 2003 KB921411 and Updating the System Recovery process refer to Appendix B for details Troubleshooting 8 53 There are some cases that an event log is registered as follows when you operate Windows Server 2003 R2 Source IPMIDRV Type Error EventID 1001 Description The IPMI device driver attempted to determine if the system supported an IPMI BMC device The driver attempted to detect the presence of the IPMI BMC by searching the SMBIOS for Type 38 record But either no record was found or the record was not compatible with the version of the device driver Ifa SMBIOS Type 38 record was detected the Dump Data field of the event contains a binary representation of the record If you use Hardware Management which is provided by Windows Server 2003 R2 above shown event log will be registered For more details refer to Enabling Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Hardware Management on the following site NEC Express5800 Web Site http www nec co jp express download W2K3_R2 8 54 Troubleshooting Problems with NEC EXPRESSBUILDER When the CPU blade is not booted from the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD check the following Q Did you set the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER during POST and restart the CPU blade Ifyou do not set the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER during POST and restart the CPU blade an error message will appear or the OS will boot Q Is BIOS configuration correct The boot device order may be spec
243. ne HDD The created redundant data is used for data recovery when a HDD is defected Hot Swap The hot swap enables a HDD to be removed or replaced under system operation Hot Spare The hot spare is prepared as an auxiliary HDD substituting for a defected HDD included in a logical drive which is configured at a redundant RAID level Detecting a HDD fault the system disconnects the HDD or makes it offline and starts rebuild using the hot spare 4 32 Configuring Your Server RAID Levels Characteristics of RAID Levels The table below lists the characteristics of the RAID levels Level Function Redundancy Characteristics RAIDO Striping No e Data read write at the highest rate e Largest capacity e Capacity capacity of single HDD x number of HDDs RAID1 Mirroring Yes e Two HDDs required e Capacity capacity of single HDD RAID5 Striping of both data Yes Three or more HDDs required and redundant data Capacity capacity of single HDD x number of HDDs 1 RAIDO In RAIDO data to be recorded is distributed to HDDs The mode is called striping In the figure below data is recorded in stripe 1 disk 1 stripe 2 disk 2 and stripe 3 disk 3 in the order Because RAIDO allows all HDDs to be accessed collectively it can provide the best disk access performance IMPORTANT RAIDO cannot have data redundancy If a HDD is defected the data saved in the HDD cannot be reco
244. nformation You can save the information by the following process 1 SS ek oe Sk Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the optical disk drive and reboot the system Select Tool menu Normal mode Select English Select Maintenance Utility Select System Information Management Insert a floppy disk into the floppy disk drive Select Save Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 5 33 Installing with the OEM FD for Mass Storage Device This section explains how to setup with the OEM FD You usually do not have to do as follows If your system has any Mass storage devices you have to set as follows depending on your system The detailed information is provided by the manual of the Mass storage device Installation of Mass storage device not to be supported by Express Setup If you would like to install or re install the OS when the system has new mass storage device not to be supported by NEC EXPRESSBUILDER you have to set as follows 1 2 Read the manual supplied with the mass storage device before setting the server If the mass storage device is RAID Controller configure the RAID System before running the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Boot the system from NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD Select Load the optional driver into the EXPRESSBUILDER from the Top menu click Next Setting the driver disk for the mass storage controller Press the Perform button NOTE By choosing this option y
245. ns at Windows system drive settings Installing and Using Utilities 6 13 9 Enter the user information and client license mode Enter basic parameters steps are displayed Confirm the parameters modify if necessary and then click Next Cine __ 15 x NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Load Select OS Enter RAID Specify Enter basic Enter Step Tini imi E E P partition protocol Enter the basically parameters The computer name is less than 15 characters Do not set the same name as other computer name domain name or workgroup name The user name and the organization s name are less than 50 characters p User information Computer name necessary User name i necessary Organization s name i Administrator password Confirm password M Client licence Per server mode 5 Peruser or per device mode Default IMPORTANT Computer name and User name are required parameters NOTE Even if you do not input value into Administrator password Confirm password js displayed 6 14 Installing and Using Utilities 10 Enter the setting of the network protocol Enter network protocol steps are displayed Confirm the parameters modify if necessary and then click Next ll Parameter File Creator io x NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Load Select OS Enter RAID Specify Enter basic Step parancits arting mediun paramdets partition gt E
246. nsmitted When the CPU blade is powered on it becomes ready to link with the network The connection of LAN port is physically controlled by the EM card and the switch module installed in the Blade Enclosure SIGMABLADE H To check connection status of LAN port refer to the User s Guide of the EM card and the switch module installed in the Blade Enclosure ID Lamp Pressing the ID switch brings the lamp to light and pressing again brings the lamp to go off The ID lamp is intended to identify a specific CPU blade in the system in which more than one CPU blade is installed Making this lamp being lit can help the maintenance work to identify the faulty device If you press the ID switch the lamp goes on When the recognize command is received from management software such as NEC ESMPRO Manager and NEC DianaScope Manager the lamp flashes DISK ACCESS Lamp A hard disk drive has one lamp DISK ACCESS lamp The lamp lights green while accessing to a hard disk drive occurs The lamp is lit amber if a hard disk drive cannot be interfaced with the CPU blade correctly due to a hardware fault in the CPU blade or another failure In the disk array configuration the lamp flashes amber while the disk array is rebuilt this does not indicate an error After the rebuilding completes the lamp returns to the normal indication If the rebuilding fails the lamp is lit amber 2 14 General Description USING YOUR SERVER This section
247. nt regularly It is difficult to see the display contents on a dusty screen Keeping equipment clean is also important for your sight Fatigue and Rest If you feel tired you should stop working and do light exercises Chapter 2 General Description This chapter provides information that you should be familiar with before using the server It includes names and functions of the components and features of the server 2 2 General Description OVERVIEW BladeServer is a modular and multiprocessing system that includes processor memory network connections optional add in card slot and associated electronics all on a single mother board called a CPU blade The CPU blade hard disk drive and other CPU blades are typically installed into a rack mountable enclosure that houses multiple CPU blades that share common resources such as cabling power supplies and cooling fans This high density technology reduces the installation space lowers a total cost of ownership and offers increased computing density while ensuring both maximum scalability and ease of management Save space and ncrease in installation space Q S NS Ux WN X SS AN save power Blade Enclosure ncrease in power consumption CPU blade General Description 2 3 STANDARD FEATURES High performance Expandability m Intel Xeon Processor 7400s 7300s or E Four mezzanine c
248. nter the necessary parameters and click Accept bezaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Confiz izard WD Definit ion LSI gt lt RAID Level RAID 10 P Strip Size 64 KB Y Wrthru for BAD BBU 10 Polic Mext LD Possible RAID Levels o ROO K 0OK R10 Policy Disable BGI Select Size Accept X gt Reclaim X Cancel 4m Back mp Next 4 68 Configuring Your Server 9 Make sure that both DGO and DG1 are defined as VD 0 then click Next at the lower right of the screen bezaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Config izard W Def init ion RAID Level Strip Size Wrthru for BAD BBU 10 Policy Direct Y Press Back Button To Add Another YD Select Size Reclaim X Cancel 4u Back mp Next 10 On the Preview screen make sure the VD is defined correctly then click Accept at the lower right of the screen begaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Config Wizard Preview ISI ys u This is the configuration def ined Click ACCEPT to save Configuration Preview Theis configuration Physical Dr ives irtual Disks Enclosure WWX 072120 ONLINE O21212 ONLINE Q2122 ONLINE 0 113 ONLINE X Cancel 4u Back Accert Configuring Your Server 4 69 11 The confirmation message Save this Configuration appears Click Yes to save the configuration 12 The confirmation message All data on the new Virtual Disks will be lost Want to Initialize appe
249. nter the settings of the network protocol If you want to set the IP address select Customized settings and click Detail settings If not select Standard setting and click Next Standard setting Customized settings Detail settings Default NOTE The order of entry in custom setting may differ from the numbering of LAN port 11 Enter the domain or workgroup name to be used Enter domain account steps are displayed Confirm the parameters modify if necessary and then click Next li Parameter File Creator lox NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Enter Select Win Select Save Ste domain n dows G n applic n mrb P gt 8 19 gt If you want to join in a domain enter the account name password of the domain If not select Join in a workgroup and click Next I Join in aworkeroup Workgroup name WORKGROUP gt Join in a domain es Default Installing and Using Utilities 6 15 12 Select the installing components Select Windows components steps are displayed Confirm the parameters modify if necessary and then click Next W Parameter File Creator ae ixi EXPRESSBUILDER NEC Enter Select Save Step domain applic wap lf parties account tions Select the installing Windows components M Application Server T Intemet Information Services IIS Detail settings p Management and Monitoring Tools Simple Network Management
250. og Configuration Assert NMI on PERR Assert NMI on SERR FRB 2 Policy Boot Monitoring Thermal Sensor BMC IRQ Post Error Pause AC LINK PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Server Boot Exit Item Specific Help Security Additional setup menus to view server Management features Enabled Enabled Disable BSP CDisabled CEnabled Crra 111 CEnabled CLast State F1 Help t Select Item Change Values F9 Setup Defaults Esc Exit eid Select Menu Enter Select gt Sub Menu F10 Save and Exit See the table below for the items Option Parameter Description Your Setting Assert NMI on Disabled When enabled PCI bus parity PERR Enabled error PERR can be detected and notified as NMI at occurrence of an error Assert NMI on Disabled When enabled PCI bus system SERR Enabled error SERR can be detected and notified as NMI at occurrence of an error FRB 2 Policy Disable FRB2 Timer Set the policy to be applied to FRB Disable BSP level 2 timer Do Not Disable BSP Retry 3 Times 4 22 Configuring Your Server Option Parameter Description Your Setting Boot Monitoring Disabled Indicates whether the boot 5 minutes monitoring feature is enabled or 10 minutes disabled and the timer value on 15 minutes booting 20 minutes To use this feature install NEC 25 minutes ESMPRO Agent Do not use this 30 minutes feature if the system is booted 35 minutes from OS without insta
251. olicy Indication of configuration information and status of virtual disk Removal of virtual disk Clearing of configuration Execution of initialization Execution of Consistency Check Execution of manual rebuild Execution of reconstruction 4 40 Configuring Your Server Notes on Creating Virtual Disk m The HDDs configuring the disk group should have the same capacity and rotation speed m Be sure to execute Consistency Check after creating VD m When installing an OS in VD under the onboard RAID Controller MegaRAID ROMB create a VD dedicated to OS installation m WebBIOS cannot be handled via remote console functions of NEC DianaScope m The physical drive numbers shown in WebBIOS and those shown in Universal RAID Utility are identified as follows WebBIOS Enclosure number and Slot number shown in Physical Drives box X X X shown in Physical Drives box represents Connector number Enclosure number Slot number With this server the Connector number is not supported thus it is always indicated as The Enclosure Number is always 1 The Slot number represents a slot number of disk bay Universal RAID Utility Enclosure number and Slot number shown in Physical Device Properties Note that the slot numbers shown in Physical Drives box of WebBIOS are represented by numbers beginning with 0 but those in Universal RAID Utility are numbers beginning with 1 WegaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Yirtual Configuratio
252. ollowing modes depending on combination with WrtThru for BAD BBU Select a mode suitable for your environment WrtThru for BAD BBU Checked Unchecked Write WBack Normal write back mode Constant write back mode Policy recommended This mode is available even if N8103 This mode is available only when 120 RAID Battery Backup Unit is not N8103 120 RAID Battery Backup installed Unit is installed The controller always uses cache The controller uses cache memory memory for writing In this mode the for writing data in cache memory may not be However if the battery is being protected from being damaged if the charged or failed the controller power failure occurs due to operates in WThru write through charge discharge or defect of the mode automatically Thus this mode battery Be sure to use UPS when can provide higher data security specifying this mode for write policy WThru Write through mode This mode is unavailable This mode is recommended when N8103 120 RAID Battery Backup Unit is not installed The controller does not use cache memory for writing data If you do not check WrtThru for BAD BBU at creation of VD this item is automatically checked after the VD has been created You can change parameters for VD definition except for RAID level and Stripe Size On the WebBIOS Top Menu click Virtual Disks and specify parameters in Policies frame then click Change begaRAID B
253. on Preview Preview coniguration before it is saved Please choose appropriate coniguration type Ekar Canfigu ction Allon yau ta clear exbsting canfigu atlan anky New Canfiguatian C hears the exblng configu ation F yau have any eating data Inthe ea rkerdellned drhves he dala wil be kra Add Canfiguetian Reales the ald canfigu atian and then adds new drbves la the canigu sition Th k the saes aper bn a Koes nal resul Inany data boss X Cancel m Next Clear Configuration Allows you to clear existing configuration New Configuration Clears the existing configuration and creates a new VD If you have any existing data in the earlier defined virtual disk the data will be lost Add Configuration Retains the old configuration and then adds new virtual disk Configuring Your Server 4 55 When you select New Configuration or Add Configuration the screen as shown below appears MegaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Configuration Wizard A Or if you are an experi enced user Wizard cantake you through the steps Custom Corfiguration nH wam Canfigu ation Allaws yau ta define all aspects d the cantigu allan dist gra ups vit ual diets and thelr parameters Aula Canfigu ethan whh Redundancy Aulamatically creates redundant dist gra ups and wit wl dits whee passibk and sats thelr parameters m Auta Canfiguatian whhaw Redundancy Autamatkally creates nan redundant dit graups and vit wl dits and vats thelr
254. onstruction The Reconstruction is disabled in the configuration where several virtual disks are defined in one disk group During Reconstruction the processing rate is decreased due to much load The Reconstruction can be performed for the degraded or partially degraded virtual disk However it is recommended to execute Rebuild to recover the virtual disk then execute Reconstruction During Reconstruction do not shutdown or reboot the server If the server is shutdown by an unforeseen accident such as power interruption turn on the power again as soon as possible The Reconstruction is automatically restarted 4 38 Configuring Your Server Ex Migration with addition for RAID5 virtual disk The figure below shows an example of adding a single 36GB HDD to a RAIDS virtual disk configured with three 36GB HDDs Virtual disk RAID5 Before execution Capacity 72GB _ _ 268 Execute Migration with addition Virtual disk RAID5 a ii n gt ns Le E 36GB 36GB 36GB 36GB After execution Capacity 108GB Configuring Your Server 4 39 Before Using WebBIOS Read the following sections describing supported functions and precautions before using WebBIOS Supported Functions Indication of model name and capacity of hard disk drive Indication of HDD allocation status Creation of virtual disk Setting of RAID level Setting of Stripe Block size Setting of Read Policy Write Policy IO P
255. ontroller MegaRAID ROMB has factory installed battery With the following features the possibility of data loss due to an unexpected accident e g an instantaneous power failure which may occur in Write Back mode can be avoided m Backup of data in cache memory of RAID controller m Improvement of reliability in Write Back mode m Adoption of reusable nickel hydrogen battery IMPORTANT While the battery is being charged or discharged Write Through is displayed in Current Write Policy NOTE The Default Write Policy is factory set to Write Back Refresh Battery Learn Cycle The learn cycle of battery is disabled in this controller The Onboard RAID Controller MegaRAID ROMB performs discharging and charging cycle only once at the first time the server is installed Chapter 5 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup This section describes information on using Express Setup to install and configure the following operating systems to server m Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition To use the server with the other operating systems described in this section contact your service representative IMPORTANT Before installing the operating system adjust the system date and time by using the BIOS setup utility SETUP See Chapter 4 for detail 5 2 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup About Express Setup
256. or code is displayed on the virtual LCD upon completion of POST See the table for POST error codes for details IMPORTANT m Take a note on the messages displayed on virtual LCD before consulting with your service representative Alarm messages are useful information for maintenance m To cope with the error status first try to issue OS command or power off the CPU blade then try other actions POST Progress System BIOS Version POST Progress Code 98 BIOS Rev 0001 Option Rom Init ASF Code POST Error Code 0B90 ASF Codes Troubleshooting 8 21 ASF message Description Memory Init Initializing and checking memory AP Init Initializing multi processor Enter Password Waiting for supervisor or user password entry Entering Setup Entering into BIOS SETUP USB Init Detecting and initializing USB device PCI Device Init Configuring PCI device Option ROM Init Expanding option ROM for PCI device Video Init Initializing video controller Cache Init Setting processor cache memory SMBus Init Configuring SMBus Keyboard Init Detecting keyboard BMC Init Checking BMC error Memory Failure No DIMM is detected during POST Or DIMM with fatal error was detected and there is no DIMM available POST Progress Codes POST progress Description code 28h Initializing a
257. ork connectivity PROSet is a utility that confirms the function of network contained in network driver Utilizing PROSet enables the following items m Confirm detailed information of the adapter m Diagnose loop back test packet transmission test and so on m Setup of teaming Configuring several network adapters as one team provides the server a tolerant environment on any trouble and enhances throughput between the switches PROSet is necessary to utilize these features Follow the procedure below to install PROSet 1 Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the optical disk drive If the autorun menu is displayed close menu screen 2 The Windows Explorer dialog starts The procedure in the case of the standard start menu Click Start menu and click Windows Explorer The procedure in the case of the classic start menu Click Start menu point to Programs Accessories and click Windows Explorer 3 Run dxsetup exe in the following directory 002 win winnt dotnet d13 proset win32 The Intel PROSet InstallShield Wizard dialog starts Click Next Choose I accept the terms in the license agreement and click Next Click Next an O OE cee Choose I accept the terms in the license agreement and click Next Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 5 19 Click Install When InstallShield Wizard Completed window is displayed click Finished Remove the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD from t
258. ot installed View only Processor 2 L2 Cache Indicates the cache of processor 2 Processor 2 L3 Cache Indicates the 3rd cache of processor 2 if exists View only Configuring Your Server 4 11 Option Parameter Description Your Setting Processor 3 CPUID Numeral A numeral indicates the ID of Disabled processor 3 Error Disabled or Error indicates that the Not installed processor is defected Not Installed indicates that the processor is not installed View only Processor 3 L2 Cache Indicates the cache of processor 3 Processor 3 L3 Cache Indicates the 3rd cache of processor 3 if exists View only Processor 4 CPUID Numeral A numeral indicates the ID of Disabled processor 4 Error Disabled or Error indicates that the Not installed processor is defected Not Installed indicates that the processor is not installed View only Processor 4 L2 Cache Indicates the cache of processor 4 Processor 4 L3 Cache Indicates the 3rd cache of processor 4 if exists View only Execute Disable Bit Disabled Specify whether HW DEP feature on Enabled OS is enabled or disabled Virtualization Disabled Specify whether the virtualization Technology Enabled technology of Intel processor is enabled or disabled Hardware Prefetcher Disabled Specify whether the hardware Enabled prefetcher of the processor is enabled or disabled If enabled when the stream is det
259. ou can load the driver provided by CD ROM or floppy disk to proceed with the Express Setup Perform Express Setup with the following settings a When Enter RAID settings appears check Skip the logical drive creation b Select Apply OEM Disk for Mass storage device Copy the driver for the mass storage device in the Express Setup Insert the floppy disk attached the mass storage device into the floppy disk drive Continue the Express Setup referring to messages displayed on the display 5 34 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup This page is intentionally left blank Chapter 6 Installing and Using Utilities This section describes how to use the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD that comes with your server and to install the utilities stored on the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER 6 2 Installing and Using Utilities NEC EXPRESSBUILDER The NEC EXPRESSBUILDER referred to as EXPRESSBUILDER hereinafter helps you install the Operating system the Management software or use the maintenance utilities When you insert the EXPRESSBUILDER disk into the DVD drive and reboot the system the following menu appears al e Tool menu Redirection mode Automatic select at 18 seconds Installing and Using Utilities 6 3 m Os installation If you select this item the Top menu appears NEC EXPRESSBUILDER Step ri gt SSBUILDER writes as EXPRESSBUILDER at the following EXPRESSBUILDER helps
260. ove operating systems operate Follow the steps below Prepare one 3 5 inch floppy disk Start the Operating System Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the optical disk drive of the server The Menu will appear Click Create drive disk and select OEM Disk for Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition NOTE You can do the same operation with the menu appeared by the Right click Insert the floppy disk into the floppy disk drive according to the message Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER will be created Write protect and attach a label then keep it safely B 10 Installing the Operating System Creating Windows Server 2003 OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER Before installing create Windows Server 2003 OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER NOTE If you have already Windows Server 2003 OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER for NEC Express5800 Server which you are going to install Windows Server 2003 you do not need to create it again You can create Windows Server 2003 OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER with the following two procedures eo a m Create from the menu which appears when running NEC Express5800 Server with NEC EXPRESSBUILDER If you have only NEC Express5800 Server to create Windows Server 2003 OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER use this procedure If Windows Server 2003 or Windows can be operated on NEC Express5800 Server you can use the other procedure described later Follow the steps below
261. pears during the update if you have deployed a full installation of Windows Server 2008 Wait until the update completes Updating the system Applying Update of the system Please wait Check the system information Applying the drivers Setup is finalizing Update of the system 6 When the following message appears click OK to restart the system Windows Server 2008 has been updated If you change or add any components to your system you will need to reapply the update Click OK to run the updated system The system has been updated B 58 Installing the Operating System When the system is Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions Windows Server 2003 Perform Updating the System and application of the Hotfix KB921411 IMPORTANT In the situation below make sure to apply Updating the System and Hotfix KB921411 m Modified system configuration m Recovered the system using recovery process NOTE If you use Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions Windows Server 2003 CD ROM which includes Service Pack 2 the application of Hotfix KB921411 is not required Application process of the Hotfix KB921411 Apply the Hotfix KB921411 before execute Updating the System 1 Log on to the system by the account with administrator authority to the CPU blade such as administrator Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the USB DVD ROM drive of the server Click Start menu and Run
262. place the failed CPU Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative ote The detailed error information can be obtained by viewing the IPMI system event log If the CPU has been replaced run BIOS SETUP and restarting the CPU blade select Main Processor Settings Processor Retest Yes then select Exit Exit Saving Changes 8 14 Troubleshooting On screen error message Recommended action 8170 Processor 1 not operating 1 Run BIOS SETUP select Main Processor Settings at intended frequency Processor Retest Yes then select Exit Exit Saving 8171 Processor 2 not operating Changes at intended frequency 2 Replace the CPU that was additionally installed or replaced 8172 Processor 3 not operating 3 Replace the failed CPU at intended frequency 4 Replace the CPU blade 8173 Processor 4 not operating 5 If the same error persists contact your service representative at intended frequency Note The detailed error information can be obtained by viewing the IPMI system event log If the CPU has been replaced run BIOS SETUP and restarting the CPU blade select Main Processor Settings Processor Retest Yes then select Exit Exit Saving Changes 817F All Processor not 1 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU operating at intended blade frequency Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the
263. played System Managem Return to prev These utilities are for maintenance and configuration p System information is displayed managed and set i Maintenance Utility BIOS and various firmwares are renewed in the BIOS FW Updating ROM DOS system can boot from a floppy disk made at ROM DOS Startup FD This computer and connected devices can be xamined at Test and diagnostics BMC information is displayed and set in System Management Only when BMC is supported When you use a local console Automatic select at 1 seconds When you use a remote console 6 Each tool is selected and it starts 8 64 Troubleshooting Function of Maintenance Tools The following functions can be executed in the Maintenance Tools m Maintenance Utility The Off line Maintenance Utility is started in Maintenance Utility The Off line Maintenance Utility is an OS independent maintenance program When you are unable to start the OS dependent NEC ESMPRO to troubleshoot a problem the Off line Maintenance Utility can be used IMPORTANT m The Off line Maintenance Utility is intended for use of your service representative The NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD you have created contain a file that describes operation of the utility but do not attempt to use the utility by yourself Contact your service representative and follow instructions m See the on line help for details of the Off line Maintenance Uti
264. ppy disk drive A message Floppy disk is write protected appears even the floppy disk in the USB floppy disk drive is not write protected L Itis nota failure Retry several times Troubleshooting 8 47 Inserted the correct DVD CD ROM but the message like the following is displayed The CD ROM is not inserted or the wrong CD ROM is inserted Please insert the correct CD ROM OK 0 Is the data side of the DVD CD ROM dirty or damaged Take the DVD CD ROM out of the DVD ROM drive confirm that it is not dirty or damaged set it back again and click OK Fail to access to the DVD CD ROM Q Is the DVD CD ROM properly set in the DVD ROM drive tray Take the disc out of the tray and set the disc with its label side upward Q Is there any soil or crack on DVD CD ROM disk Make sure there is no soil due to fingerprint or others on the disk surface Also make sure that there is no crack on the disk surface Clean the disk surface if it is soiled If read out still fails set another disk of which data has been successfully read out to check if the drive can read the disk LJ Is the CD R disk in closed status Close the session or set the disk in closed status and try to read again The OS presents unstable operation Q Did you update the system Installing a network driver after installation of the OS may cause unstable operation Use the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD to upd
265. proset win32 Windows Server 2003 x86 Editions 002 win winnt w2k3amd d13 proset winx64 The Intel PROSet InstallShield Wizard dialog starts Click Next Choose I accept the terms in the license agreement and click Next Click Next Choose I accept the terms in the license agreement and click Next Click Install When InstallShield Wizard Completed window is displayed click Finished Remove the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD from the optical disk drive restart the system B 32 Installing the Operating System Graphics Accelerator Standard graphics accelerator drivers that are mounted will be installed automatically The following is the procedure when it is necessary to install manually NOTE lt Windows Server 2008 gt The graphics accelerator driver is supported only on a server running a full installation Use VGA on a server running a Server Core installation Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the DVD ROM drive Click Start menu point to Programs Accessories and click Windows Explorer Run install bat in the following directory Windows Server 2008 64 bit x64 Edition lt DVD ROM drive Letter gt 002 win winnt ws2008x64 video install bat Windows Server 2008 32 bit x86 Edition lt DVD ROM drive Letter gt 002 win winnt ws2008 video install bat Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions lt DVD ROM drive Letter gt 002 win winnt w2k3amd video install bat Windows Server 20
266. r 2003 by using the Express Setup NOTES m Express Setup does not support the installation of Windows Server x64 Editions If you want to install it see Appendix B m If you install Windows Server 2003 without using Express Setup see Appendix B Notes on Windows Installation This section explains the notes on the Windows installation Confirm these notes before starting the Express Setup About the Windows family This computer supports the following Windows editions m Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition hereinafter referred to as Windows Server 2003 NOTE Express Setup does not support the installation of Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions If you want to install it see Appendix B On installing other OS contact sales dealer or the maintenance service representative BIOS Settings Confirm the BIOS settings described in Chapter 4 before installing Windows Server 2003 5 4 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup Service Pack Which EXPRESSBUILDER Supports The EXPRESSBUILDER DVD attached to the server supports following combination of the OS installation media and Service Pack m Windows Server 2003 R2 x64 Edition OS installation media with Service Pack 2 OS installation media No Service Pack Service Pack 2 OS installation media No Service Pack m Windows Server 2003 R2 OS installation m
267. r 2003 x64 Editions Service Pack2 CD ROM Paging File Size Recommended Mounted Memory Size 1 5 Dump file Size Mounted Memory Size 1MB Application Size Required Size IMPORTANT m The above mentioned paging file size is recommended for collecting debug information memory dump The paging file with initial size large enough to store the dump file in the boot drive is required Correct debug information might not be able to be collected due to virtual memory shortage when the paging file is insufficient so set an enough size of the paging file with the entire system m Regardless of the size of the mounted memory or the Write debugging information type of memory dump the maximum size of the dump file is The size of the mounted memory 1MB m If you install any application program or the like add necessary space to the partition to install these programs For example if the mounted memory size is 512MB the partition size will be calculated by the above formula as follows 4100MB 512MB 1 5 512MB 1MB Application Size 5381MB Application Size Dividing into the partition of the recommended size into multiple disks as written below will solve problem that it cannot be reserved in one disk 1 Set the Size required for installation Paging file size 2 See Chapter 5 and set that debugging information equivalent to the dump file size is to be written to a separate disk If the disk does no
268. r Management dialog box appears Click System Tool System Information Click Save as System Information File in the Operation menu Enter the file name to save in the File Name box Click Save SY ON oe 8 60 Troubleshooting COLLECTING DR WATSON DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION Dr Watson collects diagnostic information related to application errors The location to save the information can be specified as you like For more information refer to Chapter 5 MEMORY DUMP If an error occurs the dump file should be saved to acquire necessary information If you saved the dump to DAT write down that it is saved as NTBackup or ARCServe on the label You can specify the location to save the diagnostic information as you like For more information see Chapter 5 for detail IMPORTANT Consult with your service representative before dumping the memory Dumping the memory while the CPU blade is in the successful operation may affect the system operation m Restarting the system due to an error may display a message indicating insufficient virtual memory Ignore this message and proceed Restarting the system may result in dumping improper data Dumping memory is not available in Linux operating system Press the DUMP switch to save the dump file when an error occurs Insert a metal pin a straightened large paper clip will make a substitute into the switch hole to press the DUMP switch
269. r Settings taken offline Processor Retest Yes then select Exit Exit Saving 0B51 Processor 2 with error Changes taken offline 2 Replace the failed CPU 0B52 Processor 3 with error 3 Replace the CPU blade taken offline 4 If the same error persists contact your service representative 0B53 Processor 4 with error Note The detailed error information can be obtained by viewing taken offline the IPMI system event log If the CPU has been replaced run BIOS SETUP and restarting the CPU blade select Main Processor Settings Processor Retest Yes then select Exit Exit Saving Changes OB5F Forced to use Processor 1 Run BIOS SETUP select Main Processor Settings OB60 with error DIMM group 1 has been disabled 0B61 DIMM group 2 has been disabled 0B62 DIMM group 3 has been disabled 0B63 DIMM group 4 has been disabled 0B64 DIMM group 5 has been disabled 0B65 DIMM group 6 has been disabled OB66 DIMM group 7 has been disabled 0B67 DIMM group 8 has been disabled Processor Retest Yes then select Exit Changes Check installation status of DIMMs Check connection status of signal cable between the CPU unit and the SAS unit Check installation status of DIMMs on SAS unit Check installation status of mezzanine card Replace the CPU blade Replace the mezzanine card Replace the DIMMs If t
270. r on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 8 Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade 9 Replace the CPU blade 10 If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 7 On screen error message Recommended action 0B74 The error occurred during voltage sensor reading oO Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU blade and then on Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade Check connection status of signal cable between the CPU unit and the SAS unit Replace the CPU blade If the same error p
271. r s Guide of the Blade Enclosure Put the CPU blade on an anti static sheet with little dust Remove the five screws fixing the top cover Firmly hold the cover move it slightly toward the rear of the blade then lift the cover to remove it from the CPU blade IMPORTANT Handle the cover carefully so as not to make it contact with any electronic components on the CPU blade Remove three screws fixing the mezzanine card Hold both ends of the mezzanine card and pull out the card from the slot Lift the card perpendicular to the CPU unit Type Install the top cover having been removed Secure the top cover with five screws Install the CPU blade having been removed to the Blade Enclosure according to the User s Guide of the Blade Enclosure Upgrading Your Server 9 29 Hard Disk Drive The CPU blade can contain up to four 2 5 inch hard disk drives This section describes the installation and removal or replacement procedure IMPORTANT The hard disk drive is extremely sensitive to static electricity Make sure to touch the metal frame of the server to discharge static electricity from your body before handling the hard disk drive Do not touch the terminals and parts on the hard disk drive by a bare hand and place the hard disk drive directly on the desk For static notes see the section Anti static Measures described earlier Do not use any hard disk drives not approved by NEC If
272. rams You might need to restart your computer after you complete this update To continue click Next B 60 Installing the Operating System 5 When the following message is displayed make sure to click Finish to restart the system lt Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions gt Software Update Installation Wizard Completing the Hotfix for K Windows x64 KB921411 Installation Wizard You have successfully completed the KB921411 Setup Wizard To apply the changes the wizard has to restart Windows To restart Windows automatically click Finish If you want to restart later select the Do not restart now check box and then click Finish lt Windows Server 2003 gt Software Update Ii Wizard Completing the Hotfix for Windows Server 2003 KB921411 Installation Wizard You have successfully completed the KB921411 Setup Wizard To apply the changes the wizard has to restart Windows To restart Windows automatically click Finish If you want to restart later select the Do not restart now check box and then click Finish With that application process of the Hotfix KB921411 is finished Installing the Operating System B 61 Application process of Updating the System Updating the System applies the drivers necessary for NEC Express5800 Series Follow this process after Hotfix for Windows x64 KB921411 or Hotfix for Windows Server 2003 KB921411 had been
273. renewed in the IBIOS PW Updating ROM DOS system can boot from a floppy disk made at ROM DOS Startup FD This computer and connected devices can be Bxamined at Test and diagnostics BMC information is displayed and set in System Management Only when BMC is supported You can use the below functions for maintenance Maintenance Utility The Maintenance Utility is usually used by the service representative See Chapter 8 BIOS FW Updating You can update the system BIOS by using the floppy disk prepare a 3 5 floppy disk ROM DOS Startup FD The ROM DOS Startup FD is used for starting the ROM DOS system Test and diagnostics This function allows you to diagnose this computer See Chapter 7 System Management You can configure the parameters of BMC Baseboard Management Controller Installing and Using Utilities 6 5 m Tool menu Redirection Mode If you want to operate this computer via the BIOS redirection the console less function select this item NOTE If you operate this computer via the Remote KVM function select the Tool menu Normal mode TOOL MENU Utility Automatic select at 1 seconds The menu s functions are the same as the Tool menu Normal Mode 6 6 Installing and Using Utilities Autorun Menu When the EXPRESSBUILDER disk is inserted into the DVD drive Windows automatically launches the menu as shown below W NE
274. ress the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade 4 Replace the CPU blade 5 If the same error persists contact your service representative Note If the message 8403 Onboard PCIE 4 Link Failure is displayed check also Connection status of signal cable between the CPU unit and the SAS unit Installation status of DIMMs on SAS unit 8410 Mezzanine Slot 1 PCIE 1 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU Link Failure blade 8411 Mezzanine Slot 2 PCIE Issue an OS command Link Failure Press Ctrl Alt Del 8412 Mezzanine Slot 3 PCIE Press the RESET switch Link Failure Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE 8413 Mezzanine Slot 4 PCIE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Link Failure NO OS Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU blade and then on Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade Check installation status of failed mezzanine card Replace the failed mezz
275. rify the size of the empty space in the debugging information memory dump write destination drive Windows Server 2008 32 bit x86 Edition To specify Complete Memory Dump to write the debug information is recommended If the mounted memory size is larger than 2GB Complete Memory Dump cannot be specified so that specify Kernel Memory Dump instead Specify the drive where there is a free area more than the size of the memory capacity mounted on Express server 300MB In case the memory capacity is more than 2GB a free area of 2048 300MB or more In case the mounted memory size exceeds 2GB due to the added memory change the write debugging information to Kernel Memory Dump before adding memory The size of debugging information memory dump to be taken also changes due to adding memory Verify the size of the empty space in the debugging information memory dump write destination drive Click Settings on the Performance group box The Performance Options window appears Click Advanced tab on the Performance Options window Click Change on the Virtual memory group box Uncheck the Automatically manage paging file size for all drives box and check Custom size Installing the Operating System B 45 9 On the Paging file size for each drive box specify as follows A value larger than the recommended size shown in Total paging file size for all drives for Initial size A val
276. rmation on how to install the tool see the Setting for Solving Problems described later in this chapter PROSet is a utility that confirms the function of network contained in network driver Utilizing PROSet enables the following items m Confirm detailed information of the adapter m Diagnose loop back test packet transmission test and so on m Setup of teaming Configuring several network adapters as one team provides the server a tolerant environment on any trouble and enhances throughput between the switches PROSet is necessary to utilize these features Follow the procedure below to install PROSet When the system is Windows Server 2008 64 bit x64 Edition Windows Server 2008 32 bit x86 Edition LAN drivers and PROSet are installed automatically by the System Update Installing the Operating System B 31 When the system is Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions Windows Server 2003 1 gt SP ee Oe She e Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the optical disk drive If the autorun menu is displayed close menu screen The Windows Explorer dialog starts The procedure in the case of the standard start menu Click Start menu and click Windows Explorer The procedure in the case of the classic start menu Click Start menu point to Programs Accessories and click Windows Explorer Run dxsetup exe in the following directory Windows Server 2003 x86 Editions 002 win winnt dotnet d13
277. rom OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 2 Replace the CPU blade 3 If the same error persists contact your service representative 0271 Check date and time 1 Run the BIOS SETUP utility to set the current date and time setting 2 If the same error persists contact your service representative 0615 COM B configuration 1 Run the BIOS SETUP utility to correct the setting changed 2 If the same error persists contact your service representative 0616 COM B config error device disabled 0B28 Unsupported Processor 1 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU detected on Processor 1 blade 0B29 Unsupported Processor Issue an OS command detected on Processor 2 Press Ctrl Alt Del 0B2A Unsupported Processor Press the RESET switch detected on Processor 3 Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE 0B2B Unsupported Processor Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager detected on Processor 4 2 Replace the CPU that was additionally installed or replaced 3 Replace the failed CPU 4 Replace the CPU blade 5 If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 5 On screen error message Recommended action 0B50 Processor 1 with error 1 Run BIOS SETUP select Main Processo
278. rs information or companies management information on the removed hard disk drive to any third parties Data seems to be erased when you empty Recycle Bin of Windows or execute the format command of the operating system However the actual data remains written on the hard disk drive Data not erased completely may be restored by special software and used for unexpected purposes It is strongly recommended that the software or service both available at stores for data erasure should be used in order to avoid the trouble explained above For details on data erasure ask your sales representative Provided Software To transfer or sell any software application that comes with the server to a third party the following requirements must be satisfied m All provided software applications must be transferred and no backup copies must be retained m Transfer requirements listed in Software License Agreement that comes with each software application must be satisfied m Software applications that are not approved for transfer must be uninstalled before transferring the server 1 8 Notes on Using Your Server DISPOSAL AND CONSUMABLES m Dispose of the CPU blade hard disk drives Blade Enclosure option board floppy disks and DVD CD ROMs according to all national laws and regulations IMPORTANT m For disposal or replacement of the battery on the mother board of the server consult with your service representative
279. rs on the POST screen See Chapter 8 for details of the POST error messages If the CPU blade is not started the DIMM may not be installed on the socket correctly Install the DIMM again Run SETUP and select Advanced Memory Configuration to make sure that DIMM Group x Status x DIMM Group number is set to Normal see Chapter 4 9 18 Upgrading Your Server 13 Set Advanced Reset Configuration Data in the Advanced menu to Yes This is required to update the hardware configuration information See Chapter 4 for details 14 Set the paging file size to a value larger than the recommended value installed memory 1 5 for Windows Upgrading Your Server 9 19 Removal Remove the DIMM in the following procedure 11 12 13 NOTE To remove the defected DIMM check the error message appearing in POST or NEC ESMPRO to confirm the CPU blade on which the detected DIMM is installed After providing the shutdown processing for the CPU blade to be removed turn off the power of the CPU blade Pull out the CPU blade from the Blade Enclosure Refer to the User s Guide of the Blade Enclosure Place the CPU blade on anti static sheet with little dust Remove the five screws fixing the top cover Firmly hold the cover move it slightly toward the rear of the blade then lift the cover to remove it from the CPU blade IMPORTANT Handle the cover carefully so as not to make it contact
280. rsists contact your service representative 8201 Mirroring Memory was not ready oOo Ww Run BIOS SETUP and check settings for Advanced Memory Configuration Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Check installation status of DIMMs Replace the DIMM Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative 8 16 Troubleshooting On screen error message Recommended action 8400 Onboard PCIE 1 Link 1 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU Failure blade 8401 Onboard PCIE 2 Link Issue an OS command Failure Press Ctrl Alt Del 8402 Onboard PCIE 3 Link Press the RESET switch Failure Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE 8403 Onboard PCIE 4 Link Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Failure 2 Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU 8404 Onboard PCIE 5 Link blade and then on Failure Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 3 Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or p
281. rticipating in Customer Eqperience Improvement Program g Download and install updates Checked for Updates Never Installed Updates Never 3 Customize This Server Customizing your server T Do not show this window at logon Close If you have selected a Server Core installation 1 After a Server Core installation of Windows Server 2008 is completed press Ctrl Alt Del Press CTRL ALT DELETE to log on t Windows Server 2008 Standard Installing the Operating System B 19 2 Select Other User Other User Cancel A i Windows Server 2008 Standard 3 Log on to the system as an administrator You need not enter your password in this dialog box Click the button E gt Cancel indows Server 2008 dard 4 Before you log on you will be prompted to change the password Click OK R The user s password must be changed before logging on the first time OK Cancel 4 tm Windows Server 2008 Standard B 20 Installing the Operating System 5 Change the password and then click the Next button administrator C Cancel amp Windows Server 2008 Standard NOTE The Windows Server 2008 password must combine uppercase letters lowercase letters and numbers 6 When the following message appears click OK Your password has been changed OK ai Windows Server 2008 Standard 7 At the command prompt enter user infor
282. rver 2008 Updating the System applies the drivers necessary for NEC Express5800 Series Log on to the system using an administrator account Insert the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD into the optical disk drive Hereinafter the setup process is depending on the content selected at Installing Windows Server 2008 follow each of the instructions Ifyou have selected a full installation If the menu is displayed click Setup Windows and click Update the system NOTE Right clicking on the Menu produces the same outcome Ifyou have selected a Server Core installation 1 Execute the following command line from command prompt to specify the optical disk drive e g D drive cd d d 002 win winnt bin oschk C Users administrator gt cd d D 002 win winnt bin oschk 2 Type following command line and press Enter oschk bat D 002 win winnt bin oschk gt oschk bat 4 The following box appears Updating the system l ixi Ah Setup is going to update the system If you wish to update your system dick OK If you wish to cancel the update process dick Cancel During the update the screen may flicker for a couple of seconds or the message may appear for a instance that confirms to overwrite the files However the update will be completed normally Installing the Operating System B 57 5 Read the message and then click OK The update starts NOTE The following box ap
283. s version of the Windows Server operating system For more information about the new components see the documentation on Windows Server CD 2 To continue Setup insert Windows Server CD 2 or specify the location where the Windows Server CD 2 files are stored and then click OK Location of Windows Server CD 2 files OS Browse Cancel IMPORTANT In this case the Windows Setup screen may not be displayed Be sure to install Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 DISC 2 according to the following procedures Insert Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 DISC 2 CD ROM into the USB DVD ROM drive Confirm the parameters and click OK When the installation has completed remove Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 DISC 2 CD ROM from the DVD ROM drive and restart the system After installation is completed be sure to execute the tasks described in Setup of Device Driver Normally Installed in Server and Updating the System of this chapter Installing the Operating System B 27 Procedure for License Authentication Product Key used in the procedure for license authentication should be matched with the COA label in which the product key contained in Windows Server 2003 is written NOTE Execute the activation within 30 days System may be locked after 30 days is passed Installing and Setting Device Drivers Follow these steps to install and configure the device drivers Installing Fibre Channel Controller
284. s BP connector faces the hard disk drive slot and the lever on the front of the drive carrier faces the top 4 Insert the end of the drive carrier into the hard disk drive slot slowly and carefully g 8 8 198082988 20000000 8902080 708080808 sas 20809 80889399S 005060909 PE SON G08 580 80808080998 208080 Se 8 308 888 88 808 5 Insert the drive carrier until it hits the slot end and close the lever NOTE Make sure that the hook of the lever is hung on the frame 208 2808 7 90808087020 20200 0 2099090990809090 808080348939999 sp o The removal procedure is the reverse of the installation procedure 9 32 Upgrading Your Server This page is intentionally left blank Appendix A Specifications ltem NEC Express5800 B140a T N8400 055AF N8400 078F N8400 079F CPU Type Intel Xeone Intel Xeone Intel Xeong processor 72xx processor 73xx _ processor 74xx Clock 2 93GHz 1 60GHz 2 40GHz FSB 1066MHz 2nd Cache 2x4MB 2x2MB 3x3MB Standard 1 Maximum 4 Chipset Intel 7300 chipset Memory Standard None Required option Maximum 64GB Adding time 8 Hard disk drive 512MB 1GB 2GB 4GB two DIMMs in pair Memory module DDR2 667 FB DIMM Error check ECC Standard None Maximum 584GB 146GBx4 Graphics VRAM 640x480 to
285. s adapter with other adapters check box Click New Team Fill the name of the team in Specify a name for the team and click Next 5 Include the adapter to the team and click next 6 Select a team type Adapter Fault Tolerance Adaptive Load Balancing Click next Click Finish Click TEAM Team name from Device manager gt Network adapters to modify the team Click Settings tab and click Modify Team button 9 Refer to the following procedure to set the team member adapter priority status Set Primary Point the adapter and click Set Primary button Set Secondary Point the adapter and click Set Secondary button NOTE Adapter priority config can be confirmed by the following procedure 1 Click TEAM Team name from Device manager gt Network adapters 2 Click Settings and confirm Adapters in team list 10 Click Test Switch gt Run test to confirm the adapter team is properly setup Confirm the result in Test results 11 Reboot the system B 38 Installing the Operating System Remove Team This procedure is common in Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 1 Open the Device Manager Click Network adapters and open TEAM Team name properties Click Setting tab Click Remove Team button Click Yes to the message oh Pe NM Confirm TEAM Team name adapter in not existing in Network adapters tree and reboot the system Installing
286. s check boxes Wake On Directed Packet Wake On Magic Packet Wake on Magic Packet from power off state NOTE Wake On Directed Packet and Wake On Magic Packet is already checked in default set Click OK Reboot the system Installing the Operating System B 41 RE INSTALLATION OF THE NETWORK DRIVER When the system is Windows Server 2008 64 bit x64 Edition Windows Server 2008 32 bit x86 Edition Please run the System Update to re install the network driver When the system is Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions After installing OS and deleting the network drivers if you want to re install the network drivers follow the procedure below 1 2 Restart OS and logon to your system Upgrade Device Driver Wizard dialog box appears Click Next Confirm that the Search for a suitable driver for my device recommended radio button is selected and click Next Select the Specify a location check box and deselect other check boxes Click Next Other Upgrade Device Driver Wizard dialog box opens When using Intel PRO 1000 EB Backplane Connection with I O Acceleration Intel PRO 1000 EB Backplane Connection with I O Acceleration 2 specify DVD ROM drive letter 002 win WINNT W2K3A MD DL3 PRO1000 WINX64 Then click OK Click Next Click Finished Other Upgrade Device Driver Wizard dialog box appears B 42 Installing the Operating System When the system
287. s requirements and advisory information for transfer and disposal of the CPU blade Chapter 2 General Description includes information necessary to use the CPU blade such as names and functions of its components Chapter 3 Setting Up Your Server tells you how to select a site unpack the system make cable connections and power on your system Chapter 4 Configuring Your Server tells you how to configure the system and provides instructions for running the BIOS Setup Utility and the RAID Configuration Utility which is used to configure RAID drive in your system Chapter Installing the Operating System describes how to install the operating system Chapter 6 Installing and Using Utilities describes how to install the utilities for the server It also includes a description on using the attached NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD Chapter 7 Maintenance provides you with all the information necessary to maintain successful operation of the CPU blade Chapter 8 Troubleshooting contains helpful information for solving problems that might occur with your system Chapter 9 Upgrading Your Server provides you with instructions for upgrading your system with an additional processor optional memory optional mezzanine cards and hard disk drives Appendix A Specification provides specifications for your CPU blade Appendix B Installing the Operating System describes how to install Microsoft Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions and Windows Server
288. s storage devices The following message appears Please insert the disk labeled manufacturer supplied hardware support disk into Drive A Press ENTER when ready Insert Windows Server 2003 OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER into the floppy disk drive and press Enter A list of the drivers for SCSI device is displayed Select the LSI Logic MegaRAID SAS RAID Controller Driver Server 2003 32 bit and press Enter If the message appears press S Then it returns to the screen of step 5 If the optional board is installed press S again B 26 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Installing the Operating System Insert Windows Server 2003 OEM Disk for EXPRESSBUILDER into the floppy disk drive and press Enter A list of the drivers for SCSI device is displayed If the optional board is installed select the proper SCSI Adapter and press Enter Emulex LPX000 PCI Fibre Channel HBA When Fibre Channel controller N8403 018 is used When the following message is shown press Enter to start Welcome to Setup When the installation of Windows Server 2003 has finished the system reboots automatically When Windows Server 2003 R2 has been installed the Windows Setup screen will be displayed after logged on to the system Windows Setup o x 4 Windows Setup is not complete We recommend that you continue Setup E so that you can install the additional components that are available in thi
289. s system drive settings Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 5 13 9 Enter the user information and client license mode Enter basic parameters steps are displayed Confirm the parameters modify if necessary and then click Next NEC EXPRESSBUILDER SSS Top menu Load Select OS Enter RAID Specify Enter basic Step parame settings medium paramers Ta partition Enter the basically par ters Do e same name as other computer name domain name or workgroup name Do not set thi tion s name are less than 50 characters Back Next 3 Top Detautt Version 5 XX XXX XX XXX NOTE Even if you do not input value into Administrator password Confirm password js displayed 10 Enter the setting of the network protocol Enter Network Protocol steps are displayed Confirm the parameters modify if necessary and then click Next NEC EXPRESSBUILDER PC O OO Enter Enter Select Win Select Save Start Ste network domai l dows crit applic n pardiietits ni Expe Ini m protocol account ponents tions setup Detail settings Back Next Top Default Version 5 XX RXX XX XXX 5 14 Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 11 Enter the domain or workgroup name to be used Enter domain account steps are displayed Confirm the parameters modify if necessary and then click Next
290. services 1 Collecting information 2 Installing Windows Installing the Operating System B 15 9 Select the type of installation you want Custom advanced is selected below _ _ i E A Install Windows mh A Which type of installation do you want Upgrade Keep your files settings and programs and upgrade Windows Be sure to back up your files before upgrading Custom advanced Install a clean copy of Windows select where you want to install it or make changes to disks and partitions This option does not keep your files settings and programs Help me decide Upgrade has been disabled To upgrade start the installation from Windows 1 Collecting information 2 Installing Windows 10 You will be asked Where do you want to install Windows Select Load Driver and then click Browse To install the device driver needed to access your hard drive insert the installation media containing the driver files and then click OK NOTE The installation media can be a floppy disk CD DVD or USB flash drive The folder reference dialog box appears Select a path to the folder in the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD and then click OK Windows Server 2008 64 bit x64 Edition lt drive letter gt 002 win winnt oemfd ws2008x64 fd1 megasas Windows Server 2008 32 bit x86 Edition lt drive letter gt 002 win winnt oemfd ws2008 fd1 megasas After you select the path a lis
291. ssuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade 1 Check installation status of Li lon battery on CPU unit 2 Replace the Li lon battery on CPU unit If the same error persists contact your service representative Proct VCCP Alm09 VCCP voltage alarm upper limit occurred on CPU 1 Proct VCCP Alm02 VCCP voltage alarm lower limit occurred on CPU 1 Proc2 VCCP Alm09 VCCP voltage alarm upper limit occurred on CPU 2 Proc2 VCCP Alm02 VCCP voltage alarm lower limit occurred on CPU 2 Proc3 VCCP Alm09 VCCP voltage alarm upper limit occurred on CPU 3 Proc3 VCCP Alm02 VCCP voltage alarm lower limit occurred on CPU 3 Proc4 VCCP Alm09 VCCP voltage alarm upper limit occurred on CPU 4 Proc4 VCCP Alm02 VCCP voltage alarm lower limit occurred on CPU 4 Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on
292. t Specify the Disk Management in the left side of the window Right click the volume you want to modify the drive letter and specify the Change Drive Letter and Path Click Yes Choose the Assign a drive letter and specify the drive letter you want to assign Click OK If the following message appears click Yes Changing the drive letter of a volume may cause programs to no longer run Are you sure you want to change this drive letter Close the Computer Management Installing the Operating System B 55 UPDATING THE SYSTEM APPLYING SERVICE PACK Update the system in the situation below m CPU is expanded expanded to single processor to multi processor m Modified system configuration m Recovered the system using recovery process The system update brings the correction program provided by Microsoft to be applied to reinforce the system security The system update is recommended It is necessary to use Service Pack2 or more Service Pack 2 need not be applied again when Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions Windows Server 2003 CD ROM where Service Pack 2 is included is used and it is installed If you install Windows Server 2003 CD ROM which contains Service Pack 2 you do not have to apply Hotfix for Windows x64 or Hotfix for Windows Server 2003 KB921411 Go on the section of Updating the System B 56 Installing the Operating System Local Update When the system is Windows Se
293. t What to know before installing Windows Repair your computer Copyright amp 2007 Microsoft Corporation All rights reserved 6 Enter your product key and then click Next cone L O E A Type your product key for activation You can find your product key on your computer or on the installation disc holder inside the Windows package Although you are not required to enter your product key now to install failure to enter it may result in the loss of data information and programs You may be required to purchase another edition of Windows We strongly advise that you enter your product identification key now The product key sticker looks like this ot 200K 20000 30000 30000 300 Product key dashes will be added automatically a I Automatically activate Windows when I m online What is activation ji Collecting information 2 Installing Windows B 14 Installing the Operating System 7 Select the edition of the Windows operating system that you purchased Select I have selected the edition of Windows that I purchased and then click Next You will see only possible editions that have been determined by Windows based on the key you entered in step 6 co OO O A Select the edition of Windows that you purchased Windows Version Windows Server 2008 Standard Full Installation Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Full Installation Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Full Installation Win
294. t reset the CPU timeout blade OB8C BMC command access Issue an OS command failed Press Ctrl Alt Del OB8D Could not redirect the Press the RESET switch console BMC Busy Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE OB8E Could not redirect the Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager console BMC Error 2 Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU OB8F Could not redirect the blade and then on console BMC Parameter Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER Error switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 3 Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade 4 Replace the CPU blade 5 If the same error persists contact your service representative Troubleshooting 8 9 On screen error message Recommended action OB90 BMC Platform Information Area Corrupted 0B91 BMC update firmware corrupted OB92 Internal Use Area of BMC FRU corrupted 0B93 BMC SDR Repository empty 0B94 IPMB signal lines do not respond A Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del
295. t Initialize Slaw Initialize Check Consistency Properties Set Boot Drive Current 0 Q co Reset IMPORTANT Click Home while the background task such as Consistency Check Rebuild or Reconstruction is being executed With the progress indication being displayed the background task may be processed at slow rate Configuring Your Server 4 73 Manual Rebuild Described below are procedures based on assumption One of the HDDs failed in a RAIDS virtual disk configured with three HDDs Replace the failed HDD with new one after turning off the power of the server Auto Rebuild feature is disabled for non hot swap replacement Use Manual Rebuild feature to recover the virtual disk as described below 1 Start WebBIOS Make sure that the status for the replaced HDD is indicated as UNCONF GOOD in the right frame of the Top Menu In the example below the hard disk drive in slot number 2 has been replaced The indication PD Missing from DGx Slot 2 xxxxx MB represents that the PD physical drive having been installed in slot number 2 was removed sical Drives ee Luclosure 0 HE 9 1 0 DG0 ONLINE 34176 MB Liki 0 1 1 DGO ONLINE 34176 MB 630 1 2 UNCONF GOOD 34176 MB 1 PD Missing from DGO Slot2 34176 MB Virtual Drives Ss VDO RAIDS 65554 ME Degraded 2 Select 1 2 newly connected HDD in Physical Drives 3 The properties for Physical Drive is disp
296. t Instrumentation namespace Root CIMv 2 to use the LocalSystem account This account is privileged and the provider may cause a security violation if it does not correctly impersonate user requests A provider WmiPerfClass has been registered in the Windows Management Instrumentation namespace root cimv2 to use the LocalSystem account This account is privileged and the provider may cause a security violation if it does not correctly impersonate user requests These events do not affect system operation Ignore these messages The following errors or warnings are logged when start the system Event ID Source Level Description Event ID Source Level Description Event ID Source Level Description 11 IANSMiniport Warning Adapter link down Intel 13 IANSMiniport Warning Intel has been deactivated from the team 16 IANSMiniport Warning Team Name The last adapter has lost link Team network connection has been lost If you have created a team of network adapters the above events may be logged when you start the system These events do not affect the LAN driver operation Ignore these messages Troubleshooting 8 51 The following system event is logged when Windows Server 2008 is installed Event ID Source Description 10 VDS Dynamic Provider The provider failed while storing notifications from the driver The Virtual Disk Service should be restarted
297. t Number CN8400 0791 System Serial Number 01234567890 Chassis Part Number Chassis Serial Number FD BMC Device ID 31 BMC Device Revision 01 BMC Firmware Revision 00 09 SDR Revision SDR Version 00 05 PIA Revision 01 01 F1 Help t select Item Change Values F9 Setup Defaults Esc Exit as Select Menu Enter Select gt Sub Menu F10 Save and Exit See the table below for the items Option Parameter Description Your Setting BIOS Revision Indicates the version of BIOS View only Board Part Number Indicates the part number of the mother board View only Board Serial Number Indicates the serial number of the mother board View only System Part Number Indicates the code of the server View only System Serial Indicates the Indicates the serial number Number of the server View only Chassis Part Number Indicates the part number of the chassis View only Chassis Serial Indicates the serial number of the chassis Number View only BMC Device ID Indicates the device ID of BMC Baseboard Management Controller View only BMC Device Revision Indicates the revision of BMC View only BMC Firmware Indicates the firmware revision of BMC Revision View only SDR Revision Indicates the revision of SDR Sensor Data Record View only PIA Revision Indicates the revision of PIA Platform Information Area View only
298. t coincide with the area to install DIMMs 03 and 04 7 and 8 11 and 12 or 15 and 16 respectively The table below shows examples of DIMM installation patterns DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 2GB 1GBx2 2GB 1GBx2 2GB 1GBx2 2GB 1GBx2 4GB 2GBx2 4GB 2GBx2 2GB 1GBx2 2GB 1GBx2 2GB 1GBx2 2GB 1GBx2 2 2GB 1GBx2 2GB 1GB 2 4GB 2GBx2 4GB 2GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 z 4GB 2GB 2 4GB 2GBx2 4GB 2GBx2 4GB 2GB 2 4GB 2GB 2 4GB 2GBx2 2GB 1GBx2 2GB 1GBx2 4GB 2GBx2 4GB 2GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 Bila eee 8GB 4GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 8GB 4GBx2 IMPORTANT To use the feature DIMMs must be installed according to the predefined condition If the installed DIMMs do not satisfy the condition a POST error will occur m Parameters in BIOS SETUP Run BIOS SETUP see Chapter 4 select Advanced Memory Configuration Memory RAS Feature and change parameter to Mirroring The factory set value for this parameter is Normal m Others The memory capacity indicated by operating system is as follows Total physical capacity of memory installed Capacity of standby memory The operating system only recognizes a half of the total physical capaci
299. t have enough free space to enable the dump file size to be written then after installing the system using the Size required for installation Paging file size install an additional new disk B 6 Installing the Operating System When the system is Windows Server 2003 The size for the partition that the system is to be installed can be calculated from the following formula Size necessary to install the system Paging File Size Dump File Size Application Size Size necessary to install the system 3500MB 3500MB Windows Server 2003 R2 with Service Pack2 5300MB Windows Server 2003 R2 Service Pack2 CD ROM Paging File Size Recommended Mounted Memory Size 1 5 Dump file Size Mounted Memory Size 1MB Application Size Required Size IMPORTANT m The above mentioned paging file size is recommended for collecting debug information memory dump The paging file with initial size large enough to store the dump file in the boot drive is required Correct debug information might not be able to be collected due to virtual memory shortage when the paging file is insufficient so set an enough size of the paging file with the entire system m The maximum paging file size which can be set on one partition is 4095MB If the above paging file size exceeds 4095MB specify 4095MB for the paging file size m The maximum dump file size for the system with more than 2GB memory mounted is 2048MB 12MB m If you install
300. t of drivers is displayed Select the following driver and then click OK Go to step 11 11 Select the disk where a partition will be created and then click Drive Option IMPORTANT If the partition has already been created go to step 14 B 16 Installing the Operating System 12 Click New enter a partition size and then click Apply 13 Select the partition created in step 12 and then click Format 14 Select the partition created and then click Next Ormes E A Where do you want to install Windows Free Space Type 4 Refresh Pas Delete SP Format Load Driver a Extend 1 Collecting information 2 Installing Windows When the following message appears the installation starts automatically Installing Windows That s all information we need right now Your computer will restart several times during installation Copying files Expanding files Installing features Installing updates Completing installation NOTE If the disk drive contains NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD you will be prompted to replace a media with that for OS installation Insert the install media according to the on screen message Install Windows Insert Disc Please insert Windows installation disc 1 Installing the Operating System B 17 15 Logon to the system The steps vary depending on the edition you selected in step 7 If you have selected a full installation 1 After a ful
301. tch the lamp goes on 11 12 13 14 General Description 2 5 SUV connector This connector sends or receives various signals The K410 150 00 SUV cable sold separately or provided with the Blade Enclosure is connected to this connector LAN3 Link Access lamp green The lamp goes on when LAN port 3 is connected to the network The lamp flashes when data is being transmitted LAN4 Link Access lamp green The lamp lights when LAN port 4 is connected to the network The lamp flashes when data is being transmitted Eject lever Pull the lever to remove the CPU blade from the Blade Enclosure 2 6 General Description Rear View CTT TT NTT CTT NT IIN 1 MP connector General Description 2 7 Internal View CPU Unit 1 2 3 4 10 a bee 4 i lo 5 12 5 5 a E FR 6 Ey 7 d a 9 11 TA 5 a z E
302. ter File Creator concencia teneo a E oii wan A E E R 6 7 Parameter Fil ssonnanncenoneina e aan ii aes eee Alien a a daii ie 6 8 NEC ESMPRO necerais 6 18 Universal RAID Utility sane seieeie SRR hn ees E A wa hee 6 19 Setup with Express Setup s lt a0chcetis AGA Aan Ra Anh ORG RNR AEE 6 19 Manual Setup nean eeren Gn SEH AR WAG Ree E oe Reel RA Aen RE cone 6 19 Using Universal RAID Utility via Network cccecccesceesceesceeeeeeeceseceaecasecseecaeeeneeeeeeneeeereees 6 19 NEG DianaS copes sccaeciicetiecn diesel ean he koe i a Maen Raa TA aL 6 20 Ghapter 7 MaintenanCe ici iccccceteicctsesticcne caviecensntite amaan aa aa aaia aaa aaaea aaaea ina 7 1 Making Backup Copies ccccecccssssssscesscesecesecsaecseecaeeeneceneeeeceseeeaeseeeeeseseceseceaecaecaecaeesaeeeneeserens 7 1 System Diagnostics se T EEE E A seuss las hecd bse stac hihi ti tne es eres ees 7 2 Fest Hemsire bth acd ch ch lise Zc A cee Reese basi TR Baers enc ea eee eee ben Reese E oe eee 7 2 Startup and Exit of System Diagnostics cccccsccessessceeseeesceeeeeeceeeeeseeeseceseeeaecaecaeceeeaeeeneeees 7 3 Chapter 8 Troubleshooting cccceeseeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeeeeeeeeenseeeeeeeseeeeeeeaseeeeeensenenenees 8 1 System VIEW OTS neen a Soa ds ois E R EOE Heche eet en ee EE 8 2 Error Messa pesyeen aeiee a R EAEE EEE TO EE ROSE EREE A A RT EE EE 8 3 POS T Ertor Messages eieiei iieii R E EE AAEE ERARE 8 3 Error Messages on Virtual LED noei e E E E G EE
303. the server plugged to a power source m Do not use any unauthorized interface cable 3 6 Setting Up Your Server In the ordinary operation any cables may not be connected to a CPU blade Proper cable s should be connected to the USB serial and or VGA ports on the CPU blade in the following cases m Installing OS when the CPU blade is installed in Blade Enclosure 10U m Maintenance m Updating BIOS and firmware The separately priced K410 150 00 SUV cable can only be used to connect with the CPU blade The K410 150 00 SUV cable is a standard accessory for the Blade Enclosure SIGMABLADE H The 410 150 00 SUV cable has the USB serial interface and monitor connectors at the other ends Connect a proper device at each of the ends To serial interface device To CPU blade IMPORTANT m To connect a peripheral or interface cable provided by a vendor other than NEC or third party to the CPU blade make sure that the device is available for the CPU blade Some third party devices are not available for the CPU blade m The serial port connector cannot be directly connected with the leased line m Do not connect disconnect the SUV cable or add remove the USB device until the operating system starts running To connect disconnect the SUV cable or add remove the USB device after OS startup follow restrictions of operating system If the device having serial interface is connected first power off the CP
304. the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative SB 1 2v Alm07 1 2V voltage warning upper limit occurred on SAS unit SB 1 2v Alm00 1 2V voltage warning lower limit occurred on SAS unit SB 1 35v Alm07 1 35V voltage warning upper limit occurred on SAS unit SB 1 35v Alm00 1 35V voltage warning lower limit occurred on SAS unit SB 1 5v Alm07 1 5V voltage warning upper limit occurred on SAS unit SB 1 5v Alm00 1 5V voltage warning lower limit occurred on SAS unit SB 1 8v Alm07 1 8V voltage warning upper limit occurred on SAS unit SB 1 8v Alm00 1 8V voltage warning lower limit occurred on SAS unit Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER switch to turn on the CPU blade 1 Check connection status of signal cable between the CPU unit and the SAS unit 2 Check
305. the Blade Enclosure to make sure that the CPU blade is installed in correct locations 2 Check if the fans and CPU blades are installed in correct locations Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Cooling Error In the Blade Enclosure the number of fans installed is insufficient or the installed fan is faulty Thus the CPU blade failed to power on due to insufficient cooling power AmbientTempAlm07 A high temperature warning occurred in CPU unit AmbientTempAlm00 A low temperature warning occurred in CPU unit 1 Check if fans in Blade Enclosure work normally 2 Refer to the User s Guide of the Blade Enclosure to make sure that the sufficient number of fans are installed in correct locations 3 Check if the fans and CPU blades are installed in correct locations 4 Check installation status of heat sink of the CPU blade 5 Check if the ambient temperature of installation location satisfies the operation guarantee condition Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative 8 38 Troubleshooting On screen message Description Recommended action Proc1 Therm 07 A high temperature warning occurred on CPU 1 Proc2 Therm 07 A high temperature warning occurred on CPU 2 Proc3 Therm 07 A high temperature warning occurred on CPU 3 Proc4 Therm 07 A
306. the NEC logo appears on the display unit if connected while POST is in progress To display the POST check results press Esc NOTE You can set the POST check results to appear on the display unit without pressing Esc To do so select Enabled for Boot time Diag Screen under the Advanced menu of the BIOS SETUP utility See Chapter 4 for details You don t always need to check the POST check results Check messages that POST displays when m you use the blade server for the first time m the server appears to fail m the server beeps for many times between power on and OS start up m an error message appears on the display unit General Description 2 17 POST Execution Flow The following describes the progress of POST in the chronological order 1 IMPORTANT Do not make unnecessary key entries or perform mouse operations while POST is in progress m Some system configurations may display the message Press Any Key to prompt a key entry This message is driven by BIOS of an installed optional board Make sure to read the manual that comes with the optional board before any key entry m Powering on the server after you installed or removed an optional mezzanine card may display the message that indicates incorrect board configuration and suspend POST In such a case press F1 to continue POST Board configuration can be made using the utility described later After a few seconds from power on POST
307. the Operating System B 39 SETTING WOL Refer to the following procedure to enable WOL When the system is Windows Server 2008 64 bit x64 Edition Windows Server 2008 32 bit x86 Edition 1 2 Start Device Manager Point to Network adapters and double click Intel R xxxx to open the adapter Properties Click Power management tab and check in the following items check boxes Wake On Directed Packet Wake On Magic Packet Wake on Magic Packet from power off state NOTE Wake On Directed Packet and Wake On Magic Packet is already checked in default set Click OK Reboot the system When the system is Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions Windows Server 2003 When PROSet is not installed 1 2 oe oe oe Start Device Manager Point to Network adapters and double click Intel R xxxx to open the adapter Properties Click Power management tab and check in the following items check boxes Allow the computer to turn off this device to save power Allow this device to bring the computer out of standby Click Advanced tab and point to Enable PME Set the Enable in Value Click OK Reboot the system B 40 Installing the Operating System When PROSet is installed 1 Start Device Manager 2 Point to Network adapters and double click Intel R xxxx to open the adapter Properties 3 Click Power management tab and check in the following item
308. the system 1 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Check installation status of failed mezzanine card Replace the failed mezzanine card Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative ak WD 8 18 Troubleshooting On screen error message Recommended action 8450 Can t Read FRU on Mezzanine Slot 1 8451 Can t Read FRU on Mezzanine Slot 2 8452 Can t Read FRU on Mezzanine Slot 3 8453 Can t Read FRU on Mezzanine Slot 4 1 Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Issue an OS command Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Take one of the following measures to power off the CPU blade and then on Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Power off the CPU blade by issuring an OS command or press the POWER switch Take the CPU blade out of the Blade Enclosure and install it again Then press the POWER sw
309. timize server usage IMPORTANT For installation procedure and detailed explanations on NEC ESMPRO refer to the online document in the NEC EXPRESSBUILDER DVD The NEC ESMPRO offers many functions and features for managing remote servers across a network These features help the system administrator perform daily system operation system extension and transfer tasks Some features of NEC ESMPRO Manager include m Hardware and software server configuration Hardware resources mounted in servers such as the CPU memory disks and LAN boards Software resources such as operating system information and drivers running on each server m Server failures On screen real time displays provide the system administrator with the failure type location cause and suggested corrective action Failure data includes hardware failure information such as system board temperature memory failure crashes and software failure information m Performance NEC ESMPRO monitors server performance and displays server usage on the screen and displays information such as the rate of CPU load memory usage disk usage and LAN traffic Usage threshold values can help the system administrator monitor and prevent server overloads Supplement Note the following in addition to the NOTE that has been described in the online document for NEC ESMPRO m About the Monitoring of Chassis Sensors The fan and the power supply install
310. tion Data System Configuration Data Read Error System Configuration Data Write Error WARNING IRQ not configured 1 N AUN Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Take one of the following measures to reboot reset the CPU blade Press Ctrl Alt Del Press the RESET switch Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager Check installation status of mezzanine card Replace the mezzanine card Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Other POST Error The following POST error is not displayed on screen but recorded in System Event Log POST error Meaning Recommended action code 02F0 An error is detected while the Check other POST error message displayed on processor is being initialized screen and take appropriate action 8 20 Troubleshooting Error Messages on Virtual LCD The remote management feature of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine and NEC DianaScope displays the status of the managed CPU blade on virtual LCD 16 digits x 2 lines The virtual LCD displays the followings m POST progress m Error occurred during operation or DC OFF AC power is being on When POST detects an error the POST err
311. tion stands for Microsoft Windows XP Professional x64 Edition operating system Windows XP stands for Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition operating system and Microsoft Windows XP Professional operating system Windows 2000 stands for Microsoft Windows 2000 Server operating system and Microsoftg Windows 2000 Advanced Server operating system and Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional operating system Windows NT stands for Microsoft Windows NT Server network operating system version 3 51 4 0 and Microsoft Windows NT Workstation operating system version 3 51 4 0 Windows Me stands for Microsoft Windows Millennium Edition operating system Windows 98 stands for Microsoft Windows 98 operating system Windows 95 stands for Microsoft Windows 95 operating system Momentary voltage drop prevention This product may be affected by a momentary voltage drop caused by lightning To prevent a momentary voltage drop an AC uninterruptible power supply UPS unit should be used Notes 1 No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form without the prior written permission of NEC Corporation 2 The contents of this User s Guide may be revised without prior notice 3 The contents of this User s Guide shall not be copied or altered without the prior written permission of NEC Corporation 4 All efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy of all information in this User s Guide If you notice any part unclear incorrect or omitted i
312. tive Load Balancing ALB Adapter Fault Tolerance AFT is a feature that creates a group containing more than one adapter With this feature when the working adapter gets any problem the process on it is automatically transferred to the other adapter in the group Adaptive Load Balancing ALB is a feature that creates a group containing more than one adapter and enhances the throughput by operating packet transmission from the server by all the adapters This feature includes AFT feature IMPORTANT m All the adapters specified as a group of Adapter Teaming must exist on the same LAN If they are connected to the separate switches they will not work normally m The adapters specified as a group of Adaptive Load Balancing ALB can be connected to only Switching Hub m When exchange the mother board or option network card make sure to remove the adapter team before exchanges and recreate the adapter team after exchange complete m Verify that the switch fully supports the IEEE 802 3ad standard before using IEEE802 3ad Link Aggregation DLA B 36 Installing the Operating System Setup Teaming When the system is Windows Server 2008 64 bit x64 Editions 2008 32 bit x86 Editions IMPORTANT m Teaming is not supported with Windows Server Core m AFT ALB setting must be done after System Update completed 1 Open the Device Manager 2 Open Network adapters Intel R xxx properties 3 Cl
313. to start the server m Running Maintenance Tools from the management PC via LAN m Running Maintenance Tools from the management PC via direct connection COM B For the procedure for starting Maintenance Tools with Remote Console refer to the online document of NEC DianaScope IMPORTANT Do not change the boot device order in BOOT menu in BIOS SETUP NEC EXPRESSBUILDER cannot be used if the DVD ROM drive is not the first device to launch the system m Use the standard LAN port for LAN connection m Use the serial port B for direct connection m To use this feature you need to create a configuration file 3 5 inch floppy disk that includes communication method between the server and the management PC and various setup parameters Use NEC DianaScope or run System Management menu from NEC EXPRESSBUILDER to create a configuration file Save the configuration file into the root directory of the floppy disk as the following file name File name CSL_LESS cfg m If you exit the BIOS SETUP by unusual way e g forced power off or reset the redirection process may fail In such a case setup again by using the configuration file Troubleshooting 8 67 NOTE The following items of BIOS setup information will be set as shown below LAN Controller Serial Port A Base I O Address Interrupt Serial Port B Base I O Address Interrupt BIOS Redirection Port Baud Rate Flow Control Console Type En
314. ty Enabling the memory mirroring feature does not affect the operation of application program The feature is automatically disabled if the following error message is displayed on POST 8201 Mirror Memory was not ready Upgrading Your Server 9 23 When the standby group starts working by the memory mirroring feature you can confirm it by the following indications m POST displays an error message indicating that the system has started with the failed DIMM group degraded See Chapter 8 for POST error message m The following system log is recorded in Event Viewer of NEC ESMPRO Agent Source ESMCommonService Event ID 2313 Description Failed DIMM has been separated DIMM XX Date XX 9 24 Upgrading Your Server Mezzanine Card The CPU blade can contain four mezzanine cards for blade To install a mezzanine card use the mezzanine card slot installed on the CPU unit IMPORTANT The mezzanine card is extremely sensitive to static electricity Make sure to touch the metal frame of the server to discharge static electricity from your body before handling the mezzanine card Do not touch the terminals and parts on the mezzanine card by a bare hand and place the cards directly on the desk For static notes see the section Anti static Measures described earlier NOTE Some optional mezzanine cards use expansion ROMs on the boards Refer to the manual provided with the board to check whether the e
315. u finished steps 5 to 7 click Go at the lower right of the screen The progress of reconstruction is displayed on the lower left of the screen Click Home at the lower left of the screen to return to the WebBIOS Top Menu IMPORTANT m The capacity of virtual disk may be incorrectly displayed after reconstruction In this case perform Scan Devices from the Top Menu m Click Home while the background task such as Consistency Check Rebuild or Reconstruction is being executed With the progress indication being displayed the background task may be processed at slow rate Configuring Your Server 4 81 WebBIOS and Universal RAID Utility You can use Universal RAID Utility for configuration and management monitoring of RAID System after start up operating system The point to be kept in mind when using Universal RAID Utility together with WebBIOS is as follows Terms WebBIOS and Universal RAID Utility are different in term When you use Universal RAID Utility together with WebBIOS please convert terms by the following list Term of WebBIOS Term of Universal RAID Utility Adapter RAID Controller Virtual Disk Logical Drive Disk Group Disk Array Physical Drive Physical Device Number and ID The number to manage each component of RAID System of Universal RAID Utility is different to WebBIOS Adapter and RAID Controller WebBIOS manages Adapter by a number beginning with 0 You can see
316. ue larger than the Initial size for Maximum size Then click Set IMPORTANT m The above mentioned paging file size is recommended for collecting debug information memory dump The paging file with initial size large enough to store the dump file in the boot drive is required Correct debug information might not be able to be collected due to virtual memory shortage when the paging file is insufficient so set an enough size of the paging file with the entire system m For more information on Recommended value see About the System Partition Size described earlier m Incase the memory is expanded re specify the paging file to suit the new memory size 10 Click OK The message to restart the system may appear according to the modified specification In such case follow the message to restart the system B 46 Installing the Operating System Memory Dump Debug Information Windows Server 2003 This section describes the procedures for collecting memory dump debug information in the server IMPORTANT Cautions for the Memory Dump m The staff of maintenance service representative is in charge of collecting memory dump Customers need only to specify the memory dump m If any trouble occur after specifying the process below the message to inform that the system is in short of virtual memory may appear but continue to start the system If you restart the system in such case memory dump may not b
317. ug from the outlet then contact your service representative Using the server in such conditions may cause a fire Do not insert needles or metal objects into ventilation holes in the server Keep needles or metal objects away from the server Doing so may cause an electric shock A A Use the devices only in the specified areas CPU blades and hard disk drives should be installed in the dedicated Blade Enclosure for their uses Do not install the CPU blades and hard disk drives in a chassis other than the Blade Enclosure Failure to follow it may result in fire and or electric shock to occur Notes on Using Your Server 1 3 A WARNING A Do not use the equipment in the place where corrosive gases exist Make sure not to locate or use the server in the place where corrosive gases sulfur dioxide hydrogen sulfide nitrogen dioxide chlorine ammonia ozone etc exist Also do not set it in the environment where the air or dust includes components accelerating corrosion ex sulfur sodium chloride or conductive metals There is a risk of a fire due to corrosion and shorts of an internal printed board Do not handle the CPU blade if it is installed in the Blade Enclosure To install or remove an option from the CPU blade first turn off the power of the CPU blade and remove the CPU blade from the Blade Enclosure If you touch parts on the CPU blade with it connected to the Blade Enclosure you may get
318. ummary window Shows the results of each test that executed the diagnostics Move the cursor and press the Enter key on the cursor line to display the details of the test When an error is detected by the system diagnostics the relevant test result in the test Summary window is highlighted in red and Abnormal End is displayed in the result on the right side Move the cursor to the test that detected the error and press the Enter key Record the error message that has been output to the Detail Information screen and contact your service representative Maintenance 7 5 7 Follow the guide line shown at the bottom of the screen and press the Esc key The Enduser Menu below is displayed TeDoLi TEst amp Diagnosis On Linux Ver001 00 Build020901 1 1m Enduser Menu lt Test Result gt lt Device List gt lt Log Info gt lt Option gt lt Reboot gt Please choose a function by the arrow key and push Enter key lt Test Result gt Shows the diagnostics completion screen of the above diagnostics lt Device List gt Shows a list of connected devices lt Log Info gt Shows the log information of the diagnostics It can be saved on a floppy disk To save it on a floppy disk insert a formatted floppy disk to the floppy disk drive and select lt Save F gt lt Option gt Optional features can be used from this menu lt Reboot gt Reboots the system 8 Select lt Reboot gt in the Enduser Menu
319. ur Server Define the virtual disk VD in DG that has been created in previous step When DG was defined VD Definition screen is displayed In the Next LD Possible RAID Levels column available RAID levels and maximum size for VD are displayed bezaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Config izard W Def init ion LSIs lt RAID Level RAID oF oa Wrthru for BAD BBU io potioy oireet MEE wext Lo possibie nD Level Disk Cache RO KXKXK RSV YYYY R6 727777 Disable Y Policy pL Sel Beso Accept gt Reclaim X Cancel 4u Back m Hext Configuring Your Server 4 61 As an example define a RAIDS VD of yyyyy MB 1 2 3 4 Specify the necessary parameters in left columns Enter yyyyy in Select Size field Click Accept at the lower center of the screen If you want to define another VD click Back and repeat steps starting from Span Definition screen Upon completion of VD definition click Next MegaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Config izard YW Def init ion ISIS SS SSS vo Strip Size 64 KB EA E I Wrthru for BAD BBU Disk Cache Press Back Button To Add Another YD 7 Disable Y Policy ae Disable BGI Lel Reclaim X Cancel 4u Back mp Next IMPORTANT The value shown in Select Size indicates the maximum size allowed for RAID1 or RAIDS You need to specify the maximum size for RAIDO or RAIDS according to Next LD Possible RAID Le
320. uring a RAID System does not operate properly or a management utility does not operate correctly If a relevant item is found follow the processing method Fail to install the OS 0 Is the RAID configured Provide proper configuration for the RAID controller by using the WebBIOS Fail to start OS 0 Is the BIOS of the RAID controller changed Provide proper configuration by using the WebBIOS CL Does POST recognize the RAID controller After making sure that the RAID controller is connected correctly then power on the CPU blade Ifit is not recognized though the connection is proper the RAID controller may be failed Contact your service representative Rebuild fails Q Is the capacity of the hard disk drive to be rebuilt sufficient The hard disk drive to be rebuilt should have the same capacity of the failed had disk drive Q Is RAIDO configured RAIDO has no data redundancy therefore Rebuild is disabled in the RAIDO configuration Replace the failed hard disk drive create the configuration data again and initialize the hard disk drives Then recover the data by using backup data Troubleshooting 8 57 Auto rebuild fails Q Was a sufficient time taken for hot swap of hard disk drives To allow the auto rebuild to operate correctly it should take 60 seconds or longer for the interval between the removal of the failed hard disk drive and the installation of a new hard disk drive
321. vable media floppy CD ROM check box 6 Check the Include this location in the search check box and when using N8403 017 020 specify 002 win winnt dotnet d13 pro1000 win32 Then click Next 7 Click Finish Installing the Operating System with Express Setup 5 21 Adapter Fault Tolerance AFT Adaptive Load Balancing ALB Adapter Fault Tolerance AFT is a feature that creates a group containing more than one adapter With this feature when the working adapter gets any problem the process on it is automatically transferred to the other adapter in the group Adaptive Load Balancing ALB is a feature that creates a group containing more than one adapter and enhances the throughput by operating packet transmission from the server by all the adapters This feature includes AFT feature IMPORTANT m All the adapters specified as a group of Adapter Teaming must exist on the same LAN If they are connected to the separate switches they will not work normally m The adapters specified as a group of Adaptive Load Balancing ALB can be connected to only Switching Hub m When exchange the mother board or option network card make sure to remove the adapter team before exchanges and recreate the adapter team after exchange complete m Verify that the switch fully supports the IEEE 802 3ad standard before using IEEE802 3ad Link Aggregation DLA Setup Teaming IMPORTANT AFT ALB setting must be
322. vels 4 62 Configuring Your Server 6 VD 0 iscreated in DG 0 as shown in the screen below bkesaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Config Vizard Preview ISIS Configuration Preview This is the configuration def ined Click ACCEPT to save Theis configuration Virtual Disks 021720 ONLINE 071212 ONLINE Q721722 ONLINE X X Cancel 4m Back accept 7 After making sure that the VD is created correctly click Accept at the lower right of the screen 8 The confirmation message Save this Configuration appears Click Yes to save the configuration 9 The confirmation message All data on the new Virtual Disks will be lost Want to Initialize appears Normally select Yes 10 Virtual Disks operation screen is displayed If no other operation is required click Home at the lower left of the screen 11 Configuring Your Server 4 63 The WebBIOS Top Menu is displayed Virtual Disk you have created is displayed in the lower right frame of the screen MegaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Virtua Configuration WebBlOS Adapter Properties Scan Devkes Virtual Diets Physkal Dises Cant ku atlon W ka d Adapter Se kalon Physkal kw COLLE Physical Drives 0 1 0 ONLINE 0 1 1 Virtual Drives VD 0 RAIDS V VY YY MB Optima 4 64 Configuring Your Server Configure SPAN The following explains the sample procedure to configure RAID 10 spanning of RAID1 with
323. vered RAID Controller Stripe 1 Stripe 2 Stripe 3 Stripe 4 Stripe 5 Stripe 6 Configuring Your Server 4 33 RAID1 In the RAID1 level data saved in a HDD is written to another HDD without change The mode is called mirroring When data is written onto a single HDD the same data is written onto another HDD If either of the HDDs is defected the other HDD containing the same data can substitute for the defected HDD Thus the system can continue to operate without interruption RAID Controller Stripe 1 Stripe 1 Stripe 2 Stripe 2 RAID5 In RAIDS data is distributed to HDDs by striping and at the same time the parity redundant data is distributed to the HDDs This mode is called striping with distributed parity Each of stripe x stripe x 1 and parity x x 1 created from stripe x and stripe x 1 is written onto a specific HDD Accordingly the total capacity assigned to the parity is just the same as the capacity of a single HDD If any one of the HDDs configuring a logical drive is defected data is still available with no problems RAID Controller Stripe 1 Stripe 2 Parity 1 2 Stripe 4 Parity 3 4 Stripe 3 Parity 5 6 Stripe 5 Stripe 6 4 34 Configuring Your Server Features of On board RAID Controller MegaRAID ROMB This section describes the features of the on board RAID controller MegaRAID ROMB Rebuild Ifa HDD is defected the rebuild feature can recover
324. visor Password and enter a password Set Supervisor password first then User password To enable disable the POWER switch Select Security Power Switch Inhibit Disabled Select Security Power Switch Inhibit Enabled To set this item the Supervisor and User passwords must have been set IMPORTANT Even if Power Switch Inhibit is set to Enabled the forced shutdown see Chapter 8 is still available External Devices To set up external devices Select Advanced Peripheral Configuration and set up each device Internal Devices To set up internal PCI devices of the CPU blade Select Advanced PCI Configuration and set up each device To clear the hardware configuration data after installing removing internal devices Select Advanced Reset Configuration Data Yes Saving the Configuration Data To save the BIOS configuration data Select Exit Exit Saving Changes or Save Changes To discard changes to the BIOS configuration data Select Exit Exit Discarding Changes or Discard Changes To resume the default BIOS configuration data may differ from factory set value Select Exit Load Setup Defaults To save the current settings as user defined configuration Select Exit Save Custom Defaults To load the user defined configuration data Select Exit Load Custom Defaults 4 8 Configuring Your Server Menu and Parameter Descript
325. xit the SETUP utility 4 Ifthe server has an optional board installed POST displays the board information on the screen Refer to the manual supplied with the board for details POST will automatically proceed a few seconds later 5 Ifyou have set the password using the BIOS SETUP utility the password entry screen appears upon successful completion of POST Up to three password entries will be accepted Three incorrect password entries disable the system to boot In such a case turn off the power and wait about 30 seconds before turning on to boot the CPU blade IMPORTANT Do not set a password before installing an OS 6 The OS starts when POST completes POST Error Messages When POST detects an error it displays an error message on the screen See Chapter 8 for POST error codes IMPORTANT Take a note on the messages displayed before consulting with your service representative Alarm messages are useful information for maintenance General Description 2 19 Power off of Blade Server Turn off the power in the following procedure If a power cord of the Blade Enclosure is connected to the UPS refer to the manual shipped with the UPS or the manual of the application controlling the UPS 1 Shutdown OS 2 Press the POWER switch on the CPU blade The POWER lamp on the CPU blade goes on amber lt When the power of the entire system is turned off gt Shutdown all the CPU blades installed in the Blade E
326. xpansion ROMs should be expanded Use the BIOS setup utility SETUP for the setting See Chapter 4 for details Mezzanine slot Type II j E l oe he Va 2 ie l 1 sge a j Mezzanine slot g E a Type I i o amp SS l Mezzanine slot Type Il Mezzanine slot Type 1 Upgrading Your Server 9 25 Notes Note the followings in the installation or removal of the mezzanine card m Be careful not to make your hands touch the terminals of the mezzanine card slot directly Otherwise the oil and or dirt on the hands may adhere to the terminals to result in contact failure m For the option ROMs on the unbooted mezzanine card set Disabled with the BIOS SETUP utility m Ifa bootable mezzanine card such as FibreChannel controller or LAN board is installed check the boot priority on the Boot menu of the BIOS SETUP utility Installation Install a mezzanine card in mezzanine card slot in the following procedure IMPORTANT There are two types of mezzanine card for blade Type I and Type II The Type I mezzanine card can be installed in either of connectors Type I and Type II The Type
327. y POST check results Select Advanced Boot time Diagnostic Screen Enabled You can also press Esc while the NEC logo is on the screen to display POST check results To use remote wake up feature m Via Modem Advanced Advanced Chipset Control Wake on Ring Enabled m Via LAN Advanced Advanced Chipset Control Wake on LAN PME Enabled NOTE The Wake On LAN PME feature is available only on LAN ports 1 through 3 Use of Wake On LAN PME feature on LAN port 4 or any other option cards is not supported m Via RTC alarm Advanced Advanced Chipset Control Wake on RTC Alarm Enabled To control from the HW console Select Server Console Redirection and set each item Configuring Your Server 4 5 Memory To pause the POST if the memory error is detected Select Advanced Memory Processor Error Halt To check the installed memory DIMM status Select Advanced Memory Configuration DIMM Group 1 8 Status and check the status indications To clear the memory DIMM error information Select Advanced Memory Configuration Memory Retest Yes and reboot the system The on screen DIMM numbers and socket locations on the mother board are associated as shown in the figure below DIMM 16 s DIMM 15 DIMM 12 i g DIMM 11 DIMM 08 DIMM 07 DIMM 04 DIMM 03
328. zzanine card in mezzanine card slot 2 MEZ3 Power Fault An error occurred on power supply circuit of mezzanine card in mezzanine card slot 3 MEZ4 Power Fault An error occurred on power supply circuit of mezzanine card in mezzanine card slot 4 Take one of the following measures to power off then on the CPU blade Power off the CPU blade from OS then press the POWER switch to power on Press the POWER switch to power off the CPU blade then press it again to power on Issue a command from Web browser of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine or NEC DianaScope Manager 1 Check installation status of the failed mezzanine card 2 Replace the failed mezzanine card If the same error persists contact your service representative AmbientTempAlm09 A high temperature alarm occurred in CPU unit AmbientTempAlm02 A low temperature alarm occurred in CPU unit 1 Check if fans in Blade Enclosure work normally 2 Refer to the User s Guide of the Blade Enclosure to make sure that the sufficient number of fans are installed in correct locations 3 Check if the fans and CPU blades are installed in correct locations 4 Check installation status of heat sink of the CPU blade 5 Check if the ambient temperature of installation location satisfies the operation guarantee condition Replace the CPU blade If the same error persists contact your service representative Proci Therm 09 Proc2 Therm 09

NEC SigmaBlade B140a-T User's Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents